Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
6167 EL CAMINO REAL; ; FPC2020-0040; Permit
Print Date: 03/22/2022 Job Address: 6167 EL CAMINO REAL, CARLSBAD, CA 92009-1602 Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fixed Extinguishing Syste Parcel #: 2131002400 Track #: Valuation: $1,534,830.00 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project #: #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check U: Plan Check #: Inspector: Final Inspection: Permit No: FPC2020-0040 Status: Closed - Finaled Applied: 03/09/2020 Issued: 04/03/2020 Finaled Close Out: 07/28/2020 PER]tT REPORT tcity of Carlsbad Fji:reiBeriruJit Project Title: Description: VIASAT W3 -CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM FM-200 TI (2ND FLR SERVER ROOM) Applicant: FPContractor: SCHMIDT FIRE PROTECTION INC SCHMIDT FIRE PROTECTION CO INC GORDON SWOPE 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321 (858) 279-6122 (619) 871-9753 FEE 0 AMOUNT FIRE Reinspection (per inspection) $193.00 FIRE Special Equipment (Ovens, Dust, Battery) $417.00 Total Fees: $610.00 Total Payments To Date: $610.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 1 I www.carlsbadca.gov (0 Enclosure Integrity Test Report In compliance with NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition)Annex C Enclosure Integrity Procedure (using FSSA peak pressure equations) INSERT COMPANY LOGO Schmidt Fire Protection Co., Inc. Tested building: Tested enclosure: Building Address: Performed for: Performed by: Kevin Davis Certification level Test date: 2020-06-05 Associated Test file: C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Documents\Retrotec\Tests\Viasat W3 pass bcla.fxml Page 1 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Oocuments and Settings\Scgh\My Dow ments\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Summary - licensed to: Schmidt Fire Protection Fanlestic Integrity versi on 5 8 32 Co., Inc. Test date: 2020-06-05 By: Kevin Davis Certification: Location: Building: Witness: SCHMIDT FIRE PROTECTION INC. Enclosure conditions prior to discharge Extinguishing agent details Net protected volume, V [cu ft] 2,511.4 Agent FM200 (NFPA) [HFC-227ea] Max flooded height, H0 [ft] 8.83 Quantity [lb] 90.0 Required protected height, H [ft] 6.5 Type Halocarbon Design temp, T [°F] 70.0 Discharge time, [s] 10 Enclosure pressure limit, [Pa] 500 Mixing during hold time No Specified Hold Time, [mm] 10 Initial concentration, ci 7.4356% Elevation, [ft] 500 Design concentration, c 7.0% Minimum design humidity 30% Bias during Hold, Pbh [Pa] 0 Maximum design humidity 60% Test equipment Fan make/model Retrotec 3000SR Fan serial # PH000129 Fan calibration date 10/12 Gauge make/model DM-2 Gauge serial # 201386 Gauge calibration date 10/12 Hold time results Lower leakage fraction, F 0.09 Leakage exponent, n 0.5793 Leakage constant, k1 [CFM/Pa] 19.15 Total Leakage Area, [sq in] 238 Lower Leakage Area, [sq in] 21 Predicted Hold Time, t [mm] 10.7 Hold Time compliance based on Annex C of NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition) Calculations predict that the enclosure will maintain the minimum concentration of 5.95%at the required protected height of 6.5ftfor 10.7 minutes. The enclosure PASSES this acceptance procedure becausethis hold time is greater than the specified minimum of 10 minutes. Peak Pressure compliance using. FSSA equations Calculations predict a maximumpositivepeak pressure of 0 Pa. This pressure is less than the specified maximum enclosure pressure limit of 500 Pa, therefore the enclosure PASSES this part of the procedure Calculations predict a maximumnegative peak pressure of 0 Pa. This pressure is less than the specified maximum enclosure pressure limit of 500 Pa, therefore the enclosure PASSES this part of the procedure. Page 2 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Documents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcia [2020-07-13 1426].docx Assumptions and warnings While FanTestic Integrity software may identify clean agent peak pressure and hold time risks, use of this software does not in any way guarantee the elimination of those risks. Enclosure Integrity (hold time) The enclosure was tested in compliance with NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition)Annex C Enclosure Integrity Procedure. These tests only address potential failures in maintaining extinguishing agent concentration due to excessive enclosure leakage. The following assumptions were made: The initialextinguishing agent concentration as indicated in the test report will be achieved. Ductwork connected to air-handling systems that are outside this enclosure will be either isolated with dampers or will be shut down during the hold time. If air handlers are used to provide continuous mixing, they will be dedicated to this enclosure and will not create significant flows across the enclosure boundaries. o An adequate return path for the air flow was provided during the enclosure integrity door fan tests. All intentional openings will be sealed during the enclosure leakage for hold time tests. Design temperature inside the tested enclosure during discharge is 70.0°F. There are NO fans that continue running during the hold timeor heat sources that will produce enough air circulation to cause a 'continuous mixing' condition within the entire enclosure. All other non-integrity tests, as outlined in the NFPA standard, will be satisfactorily completed. Enclosure Integrity (peak pressure) Enclosure integrity tests and calculations were performed to determine that the enclosure has adequate venting to provide peak pressure relief as required by NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition)section 5. Calculations for peak pressure were performed using equations from the Fire Suppression Systems Association (FSSA) "Pressure Relief Vent Guide". The following assumptions were made: All intentional openings will be set to the operating condition expected during the agent discharge for positive peak pressure relief when enclosure leakage is tested for positive vent area. In addition, for halocarbons only, all intentional openings will be set to the operating condition expected during the agent discharge for negative peak pressure relief when enclosure leakage is tested for negative vent area. Adequate air flow was provided along a path leading to outdoors for the test fan but the doors surrounding the enclosure were set in the position that provide the lowest air flow required to establish the required test pressures. Design temperature inside the tested enclosure during discharge is 70.0°F. Relative humidity in the enclosure will range between 30% and 60%. Page 3 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Documents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Background Hold time prediction,Descending InterfaceModel with Lower Leaks test This procedure predicts the hold time for the extinguishing agent/air interface to drop to the specified minimum protected height, based on the variables shown in this report. Leakage distribution is determined by performing a Lower Leaks enclosure integrity test. This prediction only applies to conditions as found at the time of the test. Additional penetrations, weather, open doorways, HVAC modifications, malfunctions and the inherent assumptions in the enclosure integrity procedure could all combine to give very different results in a real discharge. Leakage areas defined for hold time The Total Enclosure Leakage Door Fan test measures all unintentional holes in the enclosure, the sub-floor and the above-ceiling space, whether or not extinguishing agent will leak out of these holes. All intentional openings (such as installed pressure relief vents) must be held in their closed position but not sealed.Lower Leakage Area (LLA) is measured by covering all holes in the ceiling and repeating the Door Fantest. The measurements in both tests are performed over a range of pressures so that the exact leakage rate at lower pressures for agent loss will be known. The predicted hold time from the combined LLA and Total Enclosure Leakage test is calculated by adjusting the leakage fraction based on how much leakage was measuredwith the ceiling leaks cove redversushow much was measured in the total room, as per the equations in Annex C of NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition). Leakage area defined for Peak Pressure Leakage for peak pressure does not depend on leak location, making the leakage area from the Total Enclosure Leakage test accurate for use in peak pressure prediction.All intentional openings (such as installed pressure relief vents) must held in the positions they are expected to be in during the positive peak pressure spike during discharge. For halocarbons, this test must be repeated where all intentional openings (such as installed pressure relief vents) must held in the positions they are expected to be in during the negative peak pressure spike during discharge. The measurement is performed over a range of induced test pressures so that the exact leakage rate at the higher reference pressure of 125 Pa for venting will be known. The predicted peak pressure will then be based on an enclosure leakage that accurately represents the free vent area faced by the agent discharge. Page 4of13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Documents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Discussion of Results - Hold Time Compliance with Annex C of NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition) It is predicted that a Total Enclosure Leakage measurementof 238sq in and a Lower Leakage measurement of 21sq inmaintains the minimum concentration of 5.95%at the minimum protected Height of 6.5ft for 10.7 minutes. This hold time is greater than the specified minimum of 10 minutes, therefore the enclosure PASSES this acceptance procedure. It was assumed that there was no 'continuous mixing' conditionduring the hold time. Predicted hold timewas therefore calculated based on a descending interface model. Peak Pressure Compliance with section 5 of NFPA 2001 (2015 Edition) 5.3.7: The protected enclosure shall have the structural strength and integrity necessary to contain the agent discharge. If the developed pressures present a threat to the structural strength of the enclosure, venting shall be provided to prevent excessive pressures. And that the following shall be submitted for approval to the authority having jurisdiction: 5.1.2.2 (10): maximum positive and the maximum negative pressure... expected to be developed upon the discharge of agent 5.1.2.2 (28): pressure relief vent area... to prevent development of a pressure difference across the enclosure boundary that exceeds a specified enclosure pressure limit. Calculations for peak pressure, based on leakage area of Enclosure Onlyat a standard reference condition of 125 Pa and using no pressure relief vent (PRy), determined: The enclosure would represent a free vent area during discharge of 253sq inwith the enclosure set up in the condition expected to occur during the positive pressure pulse caused by the agent discharge which is predicted to be0 Pa. This pressure is less than the specified maximum of 500 Pa, therefore the enclosure PASSES this part of the procedure The enclosure would represent a free vent area during discharge of 253sq in with the enclosure set up in the condition expected to occur during the negative pressure pulse caused by the agent discharge which is predicted to be0 Pa . This pressure is less than the specified maximum of 500 Pa, therefore the enclosure PASSES this part of the procedure. Vents should be installed high in the enclosure so that mostly air is exhausted, instead of the heavier extinguishing agent. Additionally, the vents should be rated to fully open between 80-130 Pa. Once a vent is installed or it is decided to use leakage of the enclosure only to relieve pressures during discharge, the chosen venting situation is used to calculate expected peak pressure, and the available free vent area must be enough to relieve this peak pressure in order to pass. All leakage areas are extrapolated to a standard reference condition of 125-Pa which is representative of conditions where most of the peak pressure will be relieved. Peak pressure calculation detail Using the leakage area of Enclosure Onlyand equations from the Fire Suppression Systems Association (FSSA) "Pressure Relief Vent Guide": At the highest humidity of 60%, a peak positive pressure of approximately 0 Pa would form. At the lowest humidity of 30%, a peak negative pressure of approximately —0 Pa would form. Page 5 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Dow ments\Retrotec\Reports\viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Free vent area required calculation detail Assuming an Enclosure Pressure limit of ±500 Pa, this enclosure requires a total vent free area of 12sq in in the positive direction and 40sq in in the negative direction to maintain the enclosure's structural integrity. Free vent area available calculation detail The leakage area during discharge will be: 253sq in for the Enclosure Only with the enclosure set up in its Positive Discharge Period Condition, where any dampers or installed PRV were fixed in the position they would assume under +125 Pa. o 253sq in for the Enclosure Only with the enclosure set up in its Negative Discharge Period Condition, where any dampers or installed PRV were fixed in the position they would assume under -125 Pa. Additional PRV area required detail The Enclosure 0n1yprovides253sq in of positive venting area. Since this is more than the required total of 12sq in, this enclosure does not require any additional PRV areato maintain structural integrity and pass the peak pressure procedure in the positive direction. The Enclosure 0n1yprovides253sq in of negative venting area. Since this is more than the required total of 40sq in, this enclosure doesnot require any additional PRV areato maintain structural integrity and pass the peak pressure procedure in the negative direction. Test Data Appendix- (add notes here) Enclosure Construction Data The maximum flooded heightused in the calculations is8.83ft. The equipment was installed in the room, and the top of the, rack was measured to be 6.5ft, so 6.5ft was taken as the minimum height for protection. Net protected volume used is 2,511.4cu ft. Building elevation used is 500ft, and the elevation correction factor used in the calculations is 0.982. Total Enclosure Leakage test data Based on measured values, the enclosure alone has an equivalentleakage area of 238sq in at a reference pressure of lOPa. (add notes here) The following table represents the results from the enclosure integrity procedure carried out on the whole enclosure, with all intentional openings sealed. Test conditions Test date 2020-06-05 Inside temperature,68 °F Te[°F] Outside temperature, Test time 12:24 68 °F 10 [°F] Operator location outside Bias pressure, Pbt [Pa] 0.00 Pressurize Data Depressurize Data Induced pressure [Pa] -9.9 -49.9 9.8 50.0 Fan Pressure [Pa] 317.5 ,.. 341 Page 6 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Docurnents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Flow [CFM] 788 817 Fan Pressure [Pa] 126 106 Flow [CFM] 1963 CC 1801 Total Flow rate [CFM] 787.5306 1963.0501 817.0217 1800.5245 Leakage exponent, n 0.565 0.485 Leakage characteristic, k1[CFMJPa] 215.80 270.16 Leakage area at 10Pa[sq 232.86 242.58 in] Correlation, r 1.000 1.000 Page 7 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Dow ments\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Lower Leakage Area test data Based on measured values for a Lower Leakage area test, and a total enclosure leakage of 238sq in, the enclosure alone has an equivalentleakage area of 21sq in at a reference pressure of 1013a. The following table represents the results from the enclosure integrity procedure carried out to determine the Lower Leaks Area (LLA), with the leaks above the ceiling neutralized, usually by sealing the ceiling, and with all intentional openings sealed. Test conditions Test date 2020-06-26 Inside temperature, Te[°F] 68 OF Test time 12:05 Outside temperature,10 [°F] 68 OF Operator location Inside Bias pressure, Pb[Pa] 0.00 Pressurize Data Depressurize Data Induced pressure [Pa] 10.0 50.1 Fan Pressure [Pa] 29.7 171 {4-FP1-1} {4-FP2-1} '-4 U Flow [CFM] 73 185 '-Ic, {4-FF1-1} {4-FF2-1} CC LL W CC LL 04 Fan Pressure [Pa] {4-FP1-2} {4-FP2-2} o to Flow [{3 - -j FanFlowUnit2}] c C {4-FF1-2} {4-FF2-2} Total Flow rate [CFM] 72.6351 184.73 Leakage exponent, n 0.579 0.500 Leakage characteristic, k1[CFM/Pa'1] 19.137 Leakage area at 10 Pa[sq in] 21.36 Correlation, r 1.000 Page 8 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Doc uments\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Hold Time Descending Interface Hold time HO H 13 SO t 4- 3 -- 2 - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Ii 12 Time (min) Page 9 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Doc urnents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 14261.docx Building pressure Depressurize Pressurize 5S - SD- 45 — P6 35 - 3D- 0 1 2 Flow vs. Induced Pressure - Depressurize Pressurize 200- -_- - - - - - Pressurizer 1.000 Ui :____ :111:1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Induced pressure (Pa) Page 10 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Docurnents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx * Venting data for Enclosure Only There was no PRV installed for pressure relief so the Total Enclosure Leakage measured was extrapolated to the reference pressure of 125 Pa and used in further calculations as the only available leakage for peak pressure relief. In the case where the leakage area of the PRV only was to be used for pressure relief, but leakage area for enclosure and vent was entered as the venting area dataset, to determine leakage area for pressure relief by PRV alone, the leakage of the enclosure would have been subtracted from the leakage of the venting dataset. In the case where the leakage area of the enclosure and PRV was to be used for pressure relief, but leakage area for vent only was entered as the venting area dataset, to determine leakage area for pressure relief by the enclosure and PRV, the leakage of the enclosure would have been added to the leakage of the venting dataset. Positive direction data The positive free vent area provided by the Enclosure Only is 253sq in, for the enclosure set up in its Positive Discharge Period Condition, withal[ dampers or installed PRV fixed in the position they would assume under +125 Pa. The leakage of the Enclosure Only in the positive direction was obtained bymeasuring, and this leakage was manipulated as necessary to determine the leakage area of the Enclosure Only required for positive pressure relief. Negative direction data The negative free vent area provided by the Enclosure Only is 253sq in, for the enclosure set up in its Negative Discharge Period Condition, with all dampers or installed PRV fixed in the position they would assume under - 125 Pa. The leakage of the Enclosure Only in the negative direction was obtained by measuring, and this leakage was manipulated as necessary to determine the leakage area of the Enclosure Only required for negative pressure relief. Peak Pressure data Peak pressure was calculated using the leakage of the Enclosure Onlyand equations from the Fire Suppression Systems Association (FSSA) "Pressure Relief Vent Guide". FSSA equations depend on experimentally derived curves for peak pressure based on a Leak to Volume ratio for the enclosure. Design details Enclosure pressure limit, [Pa]: 500 Discharge time, [5]: 10 Pressure relief vent type: no pressure relief vent (PRV) Peak Pressure relief using: Enclosure Only Peak Positive Pressure Peak positive pressure, [Pa] 0 Leak to volume ratio, LVR OS [sq in/cu 100.9 ft] Venting summary -Positive Direction Minimum required leakage, [sq in] 12 Venting area used, [sq in], (describesEnclosure Only) 253 Additional PRV area needed, [sq in] 0 Peak Negative Pressure I I Venting summary - Negative Direction Page 11 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Doc uments\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Peak negative pressure, [Pa] 0 Leak to volume ratio, LVRneg [sq in/cu 100.9 ft] Minimum required leakage, [sq in] 40 Venting area used, [sq in], (describes 253 Enclosure Only) Additional PRV area needed, [sq in] 0 Page 12 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\M Documents\Retrotec\Feports\Viasat W3 pass bcla [2020-07-13 1426].docx Test Equipment The following test equipment was used in the performance of the enclosure integrity tests. Fan Fan serial Fan location Gauge Gauge Gauge Calibration serial #1 Retrotec 3000SR PH000129 DM-2 201386 10/12 Fan Calibration Certificate Retrotec 300 OSR: Retrotec 3000SRPH000129Fan last calibrated: 10/12 (Flow Equation Parameters - Bi) .Published Flow Equation Parameters, Round B1CFM Range n K Ki K2 K3 K4 MF Open(22) 0.5214 519.6183 -0.07 0.8 -0.115 1 8.6 A 0.503 264.9959 -0.075 1 0 1 12 B 0.5 174.8824 0 0.3 0 1 10 C8 0.5 78.5 -0.02 0.5 0.016. 1 10 C6 0.505 61.3 0.054 0.5 0.004 1 10 C4 0.5077 42 0.009 0.5 0.0009 1 10 C2 0.52 22 0.11 0.5 -0.001 1 10 Cl 0.541 11.9239 0.13 0.4 -0.0014 1 10 14 0.48 4.0995 0.003 1 0.0004 1 10 12 0.502 2.0678 0 0.5 0.0001 1 10 Li 0.4925 1.1614 0.1 0.5 0.0001 1 10 Fan Pressure (FP) is the measured fan pressure when using a self-referenced fan or when Room Pressure is negative. If using a fan which is not self-referenced, and Room Pressure is positive, Fan Pressure is calculated by subtracting the measured Room Pressure from the Absolute Value of the Fan Pressure. If PrA>0 and fan is not self-referencing: FP = I PrB I -PrA If PrA<0 or fan is self-referencing: FP = PrB Flow calculations are not valid if Fan Pressure is less than either M or (K2 x ICR). Flow in CFM using the flow equation parametersshown above is calculated as follows for standard Ranges: flow =(FP-CRxK1)' x (K+K3XFP)XK4 FP = fan pressure, CR = corrected room pressure Page 13 of 13 7/13/2020 C:\Documents and Settings\Scgh\My Documents\Retrotec\Reports\Viasat W3 pass bcia [2020-07-13 14261.docx I f-f7C 2o2o olv I I I I ftbdd~ Rom 1T1rgftMU'0101M Maos, EIMM O 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD • SAN DIEGO, CA 92123 ' (858) 279-6122 • FAX (858) 279-3583 I VIASAT W3 T.I. 6167 El Camino Real Carlsbad, CA 92009 I I FM-200 Fire Suppression System SERVER RM. 2.018 SUBMITTAL PACKAGE Design by: Gordon E. Swope SET (NICET Level-IV #078621) (619) 871-9753 gordonschmidtfireprotection.com.com Date MARCH 18, 2020 I I 14 _ N\T U 5 ___ FIRE SYSTEMS* Janus Fire Systems FM-200 Hydraulic Flow Calculation Program Result Printout I Calculation Program Version 2.11.2.4 I Calculated by: Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Rd San Diego, CA 92123 I United States Phone: 6198719753 Fax.-8582793583 I Designed By: Gordon Swope I Project Name: VIASAT W3 Ti. Project Number: SH-1300 I Designed For: PCG Constructiion 531 N. Highway 101 I Solana Beach, CA 92075 ATTN: Phone: I Fax: I System Constraints I Name of Hazard Storage Pressure (psig): Initial Cyl. Storage Temperature (F) I Qty of Main Cylinders: Qty of Reserve Cylinders: Total Amount of Agent (Ibs): I Altitude Relative to Sea Level (ft): Type of Cylinder: DATA CENTER 2.018 360 PSI Calculation Report Date: 70° Calculation Revision: 1 Mid Discharge CyI.Pressure: 0 Cylinder Fill Density (lbs/cu.ft.): 90 Percent of Agent in Pipe: 0 Average Discharge Time (sec): Sv 130 Cylinder Cyl. Volume (Cu.ft.): 3/5/2020 215 PSIG 48.09 8.60% 14.84 1.87 I I I Page 1 (Continued) Your gateway to a new kind of service. LISTED LISTED tv'AN U 5 FIRE SYST E MS* rl Janus Fire Systems FM-200 Hydraulic Flow Calculation Program Result Printout Calculation Program Version 2.11.2.4 Hazard Characteristics Enclosure Name: Server Room 2.018 Design Concentration: 7 Nozzle(s) Used: 301 - 1800 Nozzle, Brass Fire Type: Hazard Temperature (F) Dimensions (ft): Total Volume (Cu.ft.): Total Agent Required: Class C Fire 70.0 23.83 X 11.71 X 9.0 2511.427 85.65 lbs PiDing Network InDut -- Section -- Start End Cyl. Qty Length -------------------------------Pipe Elevation Sched. 1 2 1 0.0 4.1 SCH 40 2 3 0 0.4 0.0 SCH 40 3 4 0 5.9 5.9 SCH 40 4 5 0 15.5 0.0 SCH 40 5 301 0 1.5 -1.5 SCH 40 Tee or Cping/ Nozzle Size 90's Bends Valve Union Drill 1-1/4 0 0 None 0 0 1 0 0 None 0 0 1 1 0 None 0 0 1 1 0 None 0 0 1 1 0 None 0 0.375 Manifold Dead Leg: - Length: 0; Pipe Schedule: ; Pipe Size: PiDing Network Results Section Start End Pipe Size (in) sch Length ft Elevation ft EQL ft Tee or Valve Start Term PSIG Flow (Ibs/sec) 1 2 1-1/4 SCH 40 .00 4.08 8.00 None 215 210 7.12 2 3 1 SCH 40 .42 .00 .42 None 210 208 7.12 3 4 1 SCH 40 5.92 5.92 8.54 None 208 201 7.12 4 5 1 SCH 40 15.50 .00 18.12 None 201 190 7.12 5 301 1 SCH 40 1.50 -1.50 4.12 None 190 188 7.12 Page 2 (Continued) LISTED LISTED Your gateway to a new kind of service. I 101 I I I ~ktil f4& k11kT U 'F IRE SYSTEMS* Janus Fire Systems FM-200 Hydraulic Flow Calculation Program Result Printout Calculation Program Version 2.11 .2.4 Nozzle Performance Nozzle Nozzle Size Stock Nozzle Drill Dia Drill Total Orifice Discharged ID (inches) Number Type (inches) Size Area (sq.in.) (Ibs) 301 1" 18503-094 1800 Nozzle, Brass 0.3750 3/8 .221 90.0 Hazard Concentration Summary Enclosure Enclosure Agent Agent Concentration Pass or Name Volume (cu.ft) Required (Ibs) Discharged (Ibs) Requested / Achieved Fail Server Room 2e1$.427 cu.ft. 85.65 90.0 7.00 7.32 Pass Venting Estimate Enclosure Leakage Relative Safety Max. Positive Max. Negative Pos. ELA Neg. ELA Name Area Known Humidity Factor Pressure - PSF Pressure - PSF (sq.in) (sq.in) Server Room 2.018 No 36% 1 5 5 21.3 41.3 Design I Error Messages - Errors in calculation results -Version dated 1/1/2012 - End of liquid discharge time exceeds the limit of 10 seconds. - Pipe Sizes & Nozzle Diameters are fixed. The designer has determined that additional gas for tees, per NFPA 2001 5.5.3.1.1 is not required. - * System Is designed To meet Underwriters Laboratory design criteria. - All agent requirements were calculated based On NFPA 2001, Table A.5.5.1(i). Page 3 (Continued) Your gateway to a new kind of service. LISTED LISTED I I [1 II TANU$. FIRE SYSTEMS Janus Fire Systems FM-200 Hydraulic Flow Calculation Program Result Printout Calculation Program Version 2.11.2.4 Statistics of Piinci Used (Note: Only U.S Standard Values are used by the math module) Piping information for Pipe Type: -SCH 40 Pipe Metric English Metric English Metric Type of Size (in) Size (mm) ID (in) ID (mm) lbs/ft kgs/M Joint 1 25 1.049 26.6446 1.68 2.5001 Threaded 1-1/4 32 1.38 35.052 2.27 3.3781 Threaded Note: For Pipe Schedule(s): -SCH 40; these Pipes conform to ANSI A-531A-106, grade A-ERW or better Data File: C:\Program Files (x86)\Janus Design Suite\Projects\SH-1300_FM-200.JDF The data input file shown here may not agree with the data used for the flow calculation. The data input file may have been changed since the calculation was performed. Page 4 (End of Report) 01 Your gateway to a new kind of service. NLY LISTED LISTED Sv SER ES FM-200® FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM The Janus Fire Systems® Sv Series Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System utilizes FM-2000 as the extinguishing medium. FM-2008 is a colorless, non-toxic gas perfectly suited to protect high value assets in areas that may be normally occupied, in locations where clean-up of other agents is problematic, when storage space for a fire suppression agent is restricted, or when an electrically non-conductive agent is required. Each system consists of the following components and their as- sociated accessories: FM-200® Storage Components - Storage components consist of the cylinder assembly(s), which contains the FM-2008 chemical agent, and the cylinder bracket(s), which holds the cyl- inder assembly securely in place. FM-200® Distribution Components - Distribution components consist of the discharge noz- zles used to introduce the FM-2000 agent into a protected hazard along with the associated piping system used to connect the nozzles to the cylinder assembly. Trim Components - Trim components complete the installation of the FM-2008 system and consist of the electric valve actuator and the manual valve actuator. Slave Arrangement Components - Slave arrangement components consist of the pneumatic valve actuator(s), actuation check valve, vent check, actuation hose, and fittings required for a multiple cylinder (slave) arrangement. Supplemental Components - Supplemental components include the discharge pressure switch and manifold check valve. They supplement the core equipment or complete a specific multi-cylinder configuration. Control Panel - This device monitors the condition of the electric actuator, detectors, warning devices, cylinder pressure, and any manual release and abort stations. All electric or electronic devices must connect to the control panel in order to function. Early Warning Detection and Alarm Devices - Early warning detection devices coupled with manual release and abort stations maximize system efficiency while audible and visual alarm devices alert staff of alarm conditions. LISTED LISTED Typical Clean Agent System Layout Alarm Warning Sign Electric Valve Actuator Smoke Detector DischaeNozzle Cylinder Valve Control Panel Manual Release &Abort ntk. . '- 4 - .. . Cylinder Bracket . .. . t Storage Cylinder :. 0S1004 Re,sed: 17-Feb.2016 0 2008 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (512008) Janus Design Suitee and Janus Fire Systems are registered trademarks of Janus Fire Systems. FM-2000 and Teflon® are registered trademarks of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. I I I I El I I 0S1004 Resed 17.Feb-2016 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION The FM-2000 agent is stored as a liquid in cylinder assemblies designed specifically for the ap- plication and charged to a fill density of between 35 lb/ft3 (561 kg/ml) and 70 lb/ft3 (1121 kg/rn3). To ensure optimal performance, each cylinder is superpressurized with dry nitrogen to 360 psi (24.8 bar) at 70°F (21°C). An identification label is affixed to the cylinder body indicating the fill quantity of FM-2000, charging pressure, date of fill, and fill station. The Sv Series supports three cylinder capacities. FM-2000 fire extinguishing systems are designed to be discharged within 10 seconds into a room, area, or enclosure with the structural integrity to retain the agent. The FM-2008 uniformly mixes throughout the protected area, achieving a minimum concentration level in accordance with NFPA 2001 and/or agency listings. inal DI Im axornu--- eI 401b 18583 18586 22 10.0 43 19.5 36 16.3 80 lb 18584 18587 41 18.6 81 36.7 65 29.5 1301b 18585 18588 66 29.9 131 59.4 77 35.0 The cylinder assembly is composed of a cylinder, dip tube, and cylinder valve. Cylinder Valve -a. Dip Tube Cylinder Valve.: The automatic release of FM-2000 is controlled by a forged brass, differential pressure operated cylinder valve connected to the neck of the cylinder. The valve assembly is shipped with an anti- recoil safety plug installed in the discharge outlet and chained to the cylinder valve. 1 Dip Tube: A threaded, rigid dip tube extends from the - cylinder neck down to its bottom. Cylinder Bracket Cylinder: The light walled, welded seam cylinder is manufactured according to the requirements of the Cylinder U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) and Transport Canada (TC) for compressed gas. Internal neck threads allow connection of the cylinder valve. The cylinder is designed for mounting in a vertical po- sition only. Page 2 of 10 iI IN I I I I I 051004 Re4sed 17-Feb-2016 Valve Actuation The cylinder valve has four key features: Connection Valve Actuation Connection: A threaded connection located on top of the cylinder valve serves as the at- tachment point for the electric (primary) or pneumatic (slave) valve actuator. Part cylinder valve exterior as shown on the cylinder valve Outlet Actuation Pressure Gauge: A pressure gauge is affixed to the assembly diagram. Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch: A low-pressure supervisory switch is mounted to the cylinder valve as shown on the cylinder valve assembly diagram. Rupture Disc: A frangible rupture disc is fitted to the Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch cylinder valve body. It functions as an emergency re- lief device in the event of excessive pressure within Pressure Gauge the cylinder. Its rupture point is between 850 psi (58.6 Anti-Recoil PilotActuation Discharge Outlet bar) and 1000 psi (68.9 bar). Safety Plug Port The cylinder valve has two outlets: Pipe C.-W. , ", Plug Discharge Outlet: Al 1/4 in (32 mm) FNPT connection serves as the connection point for discharge piping. Safety Cap Ruoture Disc Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch CYLINDER MOUNTING Pilot Actuation Port: A 3/8 in (10 mm) FNPT connec- tion (shipped with a removable plug) provides a means of applying actuation pressure to the slave cylinder(s) or, in a single cylinder system, the discharge pressure switch. The port is pressurized only during the 10 sec- ond discharge period. Wall Mount Cylinder Bracket Assembly (P/N 18595) Cylinder stability is ensured by the cylinder bracket as- sembly, consisting of one strap and rail with accompany- ing bolts, nuts, and washers. The rail is slotted for ease of mounting with fasteners provided by the installer. an 1I 4IfDU I1IDI1IInB DIIQ 000 23.83 605 36.56 929 53.0 1346 02 19.93 506 32.67 830 49.10 1247 BE 13.63 346 15.75 400 30.75 781 ®O 10.0 254 10.0 254 10.0 254 I 11.9 302 11.9 302 11.9 302 Page 3 of 0S1004 Revised: 17-Feb-2016 [5 1114' Elbow (32 mm) Recommended - i (Provided by Installer) Discharge Nipple Outlet (32r) Recommended / (Provided by Installer) I 1W Union Si (32 rrr) 5' Recommended (Provided by 11/4" Installer) Nipple (32 mm) Pressure Recommended Gauge (Provided by Affixed to Installer) Cylinder Valve Anti-Recoil Safety Plug Shipped with Cylinder Valve Cylinder Valve Assembly p with Trim Components CYLINDER VALVE FEATURES Manual Valve Actuator 17001) El El Electric Valve Actuator (wl Supervisory Limit Switch - PIN 20722) (w/o Supervisory Limit Switch- P/N 18481) .5 Rupture Disc Affixed to Cylinder Valve - - Pilot Actuation Port 'N Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Affixed to Cylinder Valve Discharge Outlet / Connections The discharge outlet of the cylinder valve is a 1 1/4 in (32 mm) female NPT connection that is used to attach the cylinder to the discharge piping system. The suggested pipe configuration is shown to the left. Pipe and fittings are to be supplied by the installer. Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch (PIN 17032) - 18" T1wssure supervisory switch continuo-(57 mm)re Leads tors the pre of the cylinder. TheQlitct configu- ration is single po e, - le thro ST) with contacts er pressure rated 1.5 Amps at 24 VDC uld the cylind con- switch tacts will clo ttingasigal to em control drop to approximate 0 psi (19. , the It panelj-t(inounted to the cylinder valve and c?i,&b eT11aced while under pressure. Pressure Gauge (PIN 17556) f III NFPA 2001 mandates a pressure gauge for each cylinder as a method of visually monitoring the internal pressure condition of the cylinder assembly. The pressure gauge is mounted to the cylinder valve and cannot be replaced while under pressure. Page 4 of 10 — I 1/2-0 Conduit C..., with 38" (914 rem) Leads r,nurrea Swivel Nut Emergency Release Button Discharge (Pro vided Pneumatic Valve Actuator (P/N 17019) Li Valve Actu9t (P/N 17001) I Variable Size Pilot Actuation Flex Hose Mid Line Tee (P/N Variable) (P/N 18622) 16" Flea Hose (406 mm) (P/N 186.81' Pilot Male NPT Actuation Adapter End Line Tee (P/N 18625) (P/N 18611) Discharge Pressure Switch (P/N 18773) , Male NPT Adapter - (P/N 18825) TRIM COMPONENTS Trim components are required to operate the FM-2000 cylinder(s). Electric Valve Actuator I wi Supervisory Limit Switch' (P/N 20722) I w/o Supervisory Limit Switch (P/N-1-8 4-817 The electric valve actuator attaches to the primary cylinder at the valve actuation connection and is utilized to automati- cally open the cylinder valve upon receipt of a signal from the control panel or other source. It operates between 17 and 30 VDC and consumes 500 mA (.5 Amps) at 24 VDC nominal with a maximum supervisory current of 30 mA (0.03 Amps). The electric valve actuator body is steel construction with a brass knurled swivel nut and a stainless steel actuation pin that depresses the valve core when energized. In the model with supervisory limit switch, the switch contacts are normally closed when the actuator is not installed onto the cylinder valve and open when the actuator is fully installed onto the valve actuation connection at the top of the cylinder valve. Manual Valve Actuator (P/N 17001) I An optional manual valve actuator attaches to the top of the electric valve actuator and provides a means to manually open the cylinder valve. The manual valve actuator consists of a brass body, stainless steel actuation pin, and steel safety ring pin. To discharge the primary cylinder manually, the ring pin is re- moved and the emergency release button is depressed forc- ing the pin in the electric valve actuator to depress the valve core of the cylinder valve. All other connected cylinders will be opened pneumatically. U SLAVE ARRANGEMENT COMPONENTS o 16 cylinders (1 primary and 15 slave) may be installed in a single arrangement, with a maxi 'engN,Qf 100 ft (30.48 m) of pilot actuation hose or tubing extending from the primary cylinderp direction'4ypical arrangement is shown below. 7' I 1 1/4 (32 mm) Manifold Check Valve "- (P/N 18947) Electric Valve Actuator w/ Supervisory Limit Switch (P/N 20722) w/o Supervisory Limit Switch )P/N 18481) Pilot Actuation Adapter (P/N 18624) Pilot Act Vent Check )P/N 1017 3) I I a 18560) I I DS1004 Reused 17-Feb-2016 ,7 Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Typical Primary and Slave Cylinder Arrangement Pages of 10 1 NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition, requires that the removal of an electric actuator from the agent storage container discharge valve that it controls shall result in an audible and visual indication of system impairment at the system releasing control panel. This will become effective January 1, 2016. 1/4' (8 mm) FNPT Pneumatic Valve Actuator (P/N 17019) Mi I On multiple cylinder systems the electric valve actua)6r will open the primary cylinder and then/ toe in a rapidly"oc. I curring sequence, the pneumatic v ator) will I open all other cylinders using press he,rimary I cylinder. A pneumatic valve actuator attac valve ac- tuation connection of each slave t receives pressure from the pilot actuation p rimary cyl- inder through the pilot actjation ch It is brass with a brass piston and pin Vent Check (PIN 10173) The vent check is a safety çevice with 1/4 in (8 mm) MNPT threads that is to be iJtalIed in the pilot actuation line downstream of the pi6t actuation check valve. It is used to bleed off presse that may accumulate in the pilot actuation hose or,'fiping minimizing the chance of inadvertent pressuriz/tion of the pneumatic actuators or discharge pressure witch. Knurled 01 / 1/4" (8 mm) MNPT 3 11 1/4" (8 mm) 1 MNPT 1/4" (8 mm) FNPT 3/8" (10 mm) MNPT Pilot Actuatiçh Check Valve (P/N 18560) 1/4 in (8 m) MNPT by 37° male JIC check valve is ins lIed in he pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder valv wit direction of flow OUT of the valve. When the valve ens, pressure will be directed through the pilot ac- tuatio c eck valve to the pneumatic valve actuators on the X cyli ers. The purpose of the pilot actuation check is to sure the pneumatic actuator(s) remain pres- ed for th entire discharge period. Pilot Actuation Aapter (P/N 18624) A 3/8 in (10 mm) MFT by 1/4 in (8 mm) FNPT brass pipe bushing is fitted in'tQ the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder to faciIithe the attachment of the pilot actuation check valve. \ 1/4" (8 mm) 1/4" (8 mm) 37" Male JIC - MNPT 1/4" (8 mm) 1/4" (8 mm) MNPT 37" Male JIC 0S1004 Revised: 17-Feb-2016 Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee (N 18622) A 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° male JIC by MNP'\brass branch tee is utilized to attach the pilot actuation ke to the pneu- matic valve actuator. \ Male NPT Adapter (PIN 18625) \1ine. A 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° male JIC by MNPT adapte the pilot actuation end line tee of the final slav to facilitate the attachment of the pilot actuati also may be utilized to allow the attachment of to the discharge pressure switch. Page 6 of 10 I 1/4 (8 mm) FNPT I I I I I I I I I I I 0S1004 Reved: 17-Feb-2016 Pilot Actuation End Line Tee (P/N 18611) A 1/4 in (8 mm) FNPT by MNPT brass branch tee to the final pneumatic valve actuator to facilitate ment of the vent check to the pilot actuation liny' 1/4" (8 mm) MNPT Flex Hose (P/N See Chart) Flex hoses are 3/16 in (7 mm) TefloA® lined stainless steel wire braided hoses of varyinlengths with 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° female JIC flare fittinq%'. They are utilized to interconnect cylinders when a s$ve arrangement is re- quired. A 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° r$le JIC flare x male JIC flare adapter (P/N 18777) is 94ailable to connect lengths of flex hose together. / I 18648 18649 16 in (406/ m) 24 in (610 18650 34in(864 18651 \ 40 in(1016 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONEN Supplemental components complete various arrangements. arge Iessure Switch (PIN 18773) / The discharge pre\sure switch is used in the system to / provide positive indition of agent discharge and to initi- ate the shut down ofquipment that may deplete agent '2"(1n) concentration. The pres\ure switch is a single pole, dou- Con it H/b ble throw (SPDT) switch th contacts rated 10 Amps re- sistive at 30 VDC. \ 1/4" (8 FNPT (133 mm) 7-1 1/4" (32 mm) FNPT Manifold Check Valve (P/N 18547) In a multiple cylinder arrangement where the\slave and primary cylinders share a common manifold or'\ toe- vent / reserve arrangement, a 1 1/4 in (32 mm) FN fold check valve must be placed between the d outlet of each cylinder and the discharge manifo back flow from the manifold should the s inadvertently discharged when one or more cylinders are disconnected for maintenance. The take-out for the valve is 1.375 in (35 mm). Page 7 of 10 360° Radial Nozzle (4 Port) 360° Radial Nozzle (4 Port) 1800 Sidewall Nozzle (2 Port) I 64 I I19$Ml 45.25FT (13.79M] 37 75M MAXIMUM 1Z' I305mrn1 MAXIMUM 1800 Sidewall Nozzle (2 Port) Arrangement 0S1004 R--d: 17-Feb-2016 DISCHARGE NOZZLES Discharge nozzles (1 2, or 4 ports) are used to uniformly distribLte the FM-2000 agent. They are performance tested to ensure that the agent is discharged within 10 seconds and properly dispersed throughout the protected area. Maximum nozzle height for a protected space is 16 ft (4877 mm) per tier of nozzles. Additional tiers are required for heights greater than 16 ft. 6f i T (195MI Al El 5.25FT (13.79 1A MAXIMUM Discharge Nozzle N Cut View 64' 19.S MI a Discharge Nozzle Top View - 32 j MAXIMUM (9.75 P9 N 17 1305=1 MAXIMUM 12 1305nimJ MAXIMUM 900 Corner Nozzle (1 Port) 90° Corner Nozzle (1 Port) Arrangement Page 8 of 10 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I DS1004 Revised: 17.Fob-206 MORD 11:I!1i1:xi? _______ II iflI IUlkIIild 18507 18500 18493 18796 18789 18782 3/81n(10mm) 1.436 36.5 18508 18501 18494 18797 18790 18783 1/2in(l5mm) 1.722 43.7 18509 18502 18495 18798 18791 18784 3/4in(20mm) 1.926 48.9 18510 18503 18496 18799 18792 18785 1 in (25 mm) 2.176 55.3 18511 18504 18497 18800 18793 18786 11/4 in (32 mm) 2.500 63.5 18512 18505 18498 18801 18794 18787 1 1/2 in (40 mm) 2.689 68.3 18513 18506 18499 18802 18795 18788 2 i (50 mm) 3.100 78.7 Ordering Instructions: Specify the Nozzle P/N followed by a dash and the three digits representative of the drill code as provided by the Janus Design Suite® software. Example: 18507-XTXX = Nozzle: 360°, 3/8" (10 mm), Brass (with drill code as specified) FM-200® CHEMICAL PROPERTIES FM-2000 (HFC-227ea) is formed from the elements carbon, fluorine and hydrogen (CF3CHFCF3 - heptafluoropropane). The primary extinguishing mechanism of FM-2000 is heat absorption, with a secondary chemical contribution from the thermal decomposition of FM-2000 in the flame. FM-2000 leaves no residue and is safe for use in occupied spaces. Most common metals, such as aluminum, brass, steel, cast iron, lead, stainless steel, and copper, as well as rubber, plastic, and electronic components, are unaffected when exposed to FM-2008. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Although the EPA Significant New Alternative Program (SNAP) lists FM-2000 as acceptable for oc- cupied spaces, NFPA Standard 2001 and SNAP list the following guidelines for human exposure: The discharge of FM-200® into a hazard may reduce visibility for a brief period. FM-2008 may cause frostbite if liquid discharge or es- caping vapor contacts the skin. When FM-2000 is exposed to temperatures greater than 1300°F (700°C), the by-product Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) will be formed. FM- 9.0 90,000 5.00 200® systems are designed to discharge in 9.5 95,000 5.00 10 seconds or less in order to minimize the 10.0 100,000 5.00 amount of HF formed. 10.5 105,000 5.00 The FM-2000 Material Safety Data Sheet 11.0 110,000 1.13 (MSDS) should be read and understood prior to 11.5 115,000 0.60 working with the agent. 12.0 120,000 0.49 A cylinder containing FM-2000 should be han- dled carefully. The anti-recoil safety device must be in place at all times when the cylin- der is not connected to the discharge pip- ing and restrained. Pa9e 9 ollO tii3fII3 u man xppsu rea EatedLCo ncen3tions fM20®JFCj2jea) ®1ximumH ntratio Exposure Time vI tutes) DS1004 Rev,eed: 17-Feb.2016 []N] [ ELI Effil b 1 1) yip ~~~Ml 185831 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 40 lb 36(163) (22 to 43 lb /10.0 to 19.5 kg capacity) 185841 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 80 lb 65(29.5) (41 to 81 lb / 18.6 to 36.7 kg capacity) 185851 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200,130 lb 77(350) (66 to 131 lb 1 29.9 to 59.4 kg capacity) FM200AGENT FM-2000 Bulk Variable 18595 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 10" (40 lb 180 lb /130 lb) 10.0 (4.5) 20722 Electric Valve Actuator WI Supervisory Limit Switch (primary cylinder) 2.0 (0.9) 18481 Electric Valve Actuator w/o Supervisory Limit Switch (primary cylinder) 2.0 (0.9) 17001 Manual Valve Actuator (primary cylinder) 0.6 (0.3) 17019 Pneumatic Valve Actuator (slave cylinder) 1.2 (0.5) 18560 Valve, Check, 1/4" JIC Male x 1/4" MNPT PilotActuation Check Valve 0.3 (0.1) 18624 Bushing, 3/8" MNPT x 1/4" FNPT, Brass Pilot Actuation Adapter 0.2 (0.1) 18622 Tee, 1/4" JIC Male x 1/4" MNPT, Brass Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee 0.2 (0.1) 10173 Vent Check (connects to Pilot Actuation End Line Tee) 0.2 (0.1) 18625 Adapter, 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" JIC Male, Brass 0.2(0.1) Male NPT Adapter (connects to Pilot Actuation End Line Tee) 18611 Tee, 1/4" FNPTx 1/4" MNPT, Brass Pilot Actuation End Line Tee 0.3(0.1) 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure 1.4 (0.6) 18547 Valve, Check, FNPT, 1-1/4" (32 mm) Manifold Check Valve 6.0 (2.7) 18648 Hose, Flex, 3/16", 1/4" JIC Female, 16" long 0.6(0.3) (recommended for 40 / 80 /130 lb cylinder arrangements) 18777 Adapter, 1/4" JIC Male x 1/4" JIC Male, Brass Flex Hose Adapter 0.2(0.1) Variable Nozzle, 3/8", FM-200 0.5 (0.2) Variable Nozzle, 1/2", FM-200 0.6 (0.3) Variable Nozzle, 3/4", FM-200 0.8 (0.4) Variable Nozzle, 1", FM-200 1.2 (0.5) Variable Nozzle, 1-1/4", FM-200 1.6 (0.7) Variable Nozzle, 1-1/2", FM-200 1.7 (0.8) Variable Nozzle, 2", FM-200 3.6 (1.6) Specify the Cylinder Assembly PIN followed by a dash and the fill weight in pounds expressed in three digits Example: 18583-039 - CylinderAssembly, FM-200, 40 lb (39 lb fill) The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 016 T S FIRE SYSTEMS 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663 21562 e-mail: info@janusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 10 of 10 0 IArnOR (PN 17001) JATOR (PN 18481) N 17011) )ER LABEL (PN 18490) FM 200 CYLINDER I I I I I I I I LISTINGS: -FM TECHNICAL DATA: -APPLICATION: CYLINDER IS USED TO HOUSE THE FM 200 AGENT. -RATED WORKING PRESSURE: 520 PSI AT 130 IF [35.9 BAR AT 54.4 °C] -WEIGHT: SEE TABLE -TEMPERATURE RANGE (INDOOR & OUTDOOR): 32°F TO 130 IF [0 °C TO 54.4 °C] MATERIAL: -BODY: CYLINDER BODY IS HIGH SPUN CARBON STEEL AND THE VALVE IS BRASS. -FINISH COLOR: RED CYLINDER WITH BRASS VALVE. STOCK NO. SIZE I DIM 'A' I DIM 'B' I DIM 'C' I MIN FILL WEIGHT I MAX FILL WEIGHT VALVE SIZE 18583 40 LB FM 200 I I 29-9/16 in I 20-1/8 in [510.4 I I 10 in [254 mm] 22 LB [10 KG] 43 LB [19.5 KG] I Sv [751.4 mm] mm] I i I I 18584 80 LB FM 200 42-5/16 in r.,-,.. n 32-13/16 in rn-.- 10 in [254 mm] I I 41 LB [18.6 KG] I I 81 LB [36.7 KG] I I Sv 18585 Ir I 130 LB FM 200 58-3/4 in [1492.3 mm] 49-1/4 in I [1251.4 mm] 10 in [254 mm] 66 LB [29.9 KG] 131 LB [59.4 KG] Sv CONTRACT OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE AND ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS CANNOT BE COVERED NOR CAN ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, DETAIL SHEET NO. I sTool NO. I REV ANUS #J DS-001 I SEE TABLE I FIRE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION FM 200 CYLINDER, Sv SERIES 1-1/4 in NPT [32 mm] 75/s in 1193.2 mm] SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH (PN 18695) 1-1/4 in [3; DISCHARGL PRESSURE GAUGE (PN 17556) AUXILARY OUTLET FOR SLAVE CYLINDER ACTUATION LISTINGS: -UL, FM, CE TECHNICAL DATA: -APPLICATION: FM 200 DISCHARGE VALVE, Sv SERIES. -RATED WORKING PRESSURE: 520 PSI [35.86 BAR] -BURST PRESSURE: 2000 PSI [137.93 BAR] -WEIGHT: 12.5 LB [5.68 KG] -TEMPERATURE RANGE (INDOOR & OUTDOOR): 0 °F TO 130 °F [-17.77°C TO 54.44 °C] MATERIAL: -BODY: YELLOW BRASS CA-377 -FINISH COLOR: SAME AS MATERIAL THE SELLER MACES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN ThE SELLER'S SALES CONTRACT OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE AND ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS CANNOT BE COVERED, NOR CAN ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DETAIL SHEET NO. STOCK NO. RENT #J ANUS DS-606 I 17011 2 FIRE SYSTEMS;. DESCRIPTION VALVE ASSEMBLY, FM 200, 1-1/4 in Sv SERIES H, ks- 1/8 in [41.2 mm] un - [25.4 mm] "4 in [12.7 mm] in 4/16 in - [38.9 mm] I- L-1 [106.0 mm] 01 in [23.0 mm] [25.4 mm] 01 in [6.4 mm] LISTINGS: -UL, FM TECHNICAL DATA: -APPLICATION: ELECTRIC ACTUATION OF DISCHARGE VALVE. USED IN FM200 AND NOVEC 1230 APPLICATIONS. -WEIGHT: 2 LB 0.9 KG -TEMPERATURE RANGE (CLEAN AGENT APPROVAL): 32°F TO 130°F [0°C TO 54.4°C] -OPERATING VOLTAGE (NOMINAL): 24 VDC -CURRENT: 500 mA @ 24 VDC, NOMINAL -MAXIMUM MONITORING CURRENT: 30 mA MATERIAL: -BODY: BODY IS CORROSION RESISTANT FINISH; PLU NGER AND PUSH BUTTON STEM ARE STAINLESS STEEL -FINISH COLOR: SAME AS MATERIAL. NOTES: -WIRE LEADS ARE 36 in [914 mm] IN LENGTH -BLACK WIRE IS NEGATIVE. -WHITE WIRE IS POSITIVE. -ACTUATOR IS SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR APPUCAT IONS WHEN PROTECTED FROM THE ELEMENTS AND WHEN NOT EXPOSED TO TEMPERATURES BEYOND THE RANGE N OTED ABOVE. I I I THE SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THE SELLER'S SALES CONTRAST OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE AND ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS CANNOT BE COVERED, NOR CPA ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, DETAIL SHEET NO. STOCK NO. REV #JANUS DS-107 18481 4 FIRE SYSTEMS;. DESCRIPTION ELECTRIC VALVE ACTUATOR, USED WITH CLEAN AGENT CYLINDERS, 24 VDC I I [I 21/ [5: _T in [22.9 mm] TECHNICAL DATA: -APPUCATION: USED IN FM 200 AND NOVEC 1230 APPLICATIONS TO ALLOW MANUAL ACTUATION OF CYLINDER VALVE. -WEIGHT: 0.6 LB [0.3 KG] -TEMPERATURE RANGE (INDOOR & OUTDOOR): -4°F TO 131°F [-20 °C TO 55°C] MATERIAL: -BODY: BRASS BODY, METAL PIN, PHENOLIC BUTTON -FINISH COLOR: BODY AND PIN IS SAME AS MATERIAL AND BUTTON IS RED. NOTES: -TO ACTUATE CYLINDER, PULL SAFETY RING PIN OUT AND PUSH DOWN ON THE RED RELEASE BUTTON. Utl-1 IflhllJ THE SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THE SELLERS SALES CONTRACT OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE AND ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS CANNOT BE COVERED, NOR CAN ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DETAIL SHEET NO. 5100< NO. REV #JANUS DS-101 I 17001 I FIRE SYSTEMS"1 DESCRIPTION MANUAL VALVE ACTUATOR JI 11 I AGENT FLOW DIRECTION DESIGNATED BY ARROWS 900 CLE LISTINGS: CC I MDL) ---0 -UL, FM, CE (EN - 12094) -H TECHNICAL DATA: -APPLICATION: USED FOR FM200, HPCO2, AND LPCO2. ORIFICE SIZE DETERMINED -RATED WORKING PRESSURE: 2000 PSI [138 BAR] BY JANUS DESIGN SUITE. -WEIGHT: SEE TABLE / -TEMPERATURE RANGE (INDOOR & OUTDOOR): -20 IF TO 130 IF [-29 °C TO 54°C] MATERIAL: -BODY: BRASS -FINISH COLOR: SAME AS MATERIAL NOTES: I - THERE IS AN NPT FEMALE THREAD LOCATED ON THE BOTTOM OF THE NOZZLE. SEE TABLE FOR THREAD SIZE C AND DESIGNATION. - 3/8 in [10 mm] NOZZLE NOT AVAILABLE FOR CO2. - INSTALL NOZZLE UPRIGHT OR PENDANT. DIM 'B' DIM 'C' DIM 'D' DIM 'E' WEIGHT THREAD TYPE 7/16 in [36.5 13/16 in [20.6 1 1/16 in [27 0.5 LB mm] 3/8 in [9.5 mm] mm] mm] [0.2 KG] 3/8 in - 18 NPT 13/4 in [43.7 15/16 in [24.2 13/16 in [30.6 0.6 LB mm] 3/8 in [9.5 mm] mm] mm] [0.3 KG] 1/2 in - 14 NPT 15/16 in [48.9 1 1/8 in [29.4 13/8 in [35.7 0.8 LB 1/2 in [12.7 mm] . ri-s A I( 3/4 in - 14 NPT I I 1 18503 in [25 1 3/4 in [44.5 2 3/16 in [55.3 1/2 in [12.7 mm] 13/8 in [35.3 1 5/8 in [41.7 1.2 LB _____II mmli mm] mm] mm] mm] [0.5 KG] 18504 [32 mm] -'-I ' "' L'- mm] '- ' L'-'-'"' mm] 5/8 in [15.9 mm] ' L' ' mm] 2 in [50.8 mm] 10.7 KG] 11/4 in - 11.5 NPT 1 1/2 in 2 1/4 in [57.2 2 11/16 in [68.3 2 1/4 in [56.4 1.7 LB 18505 [40 mm] mm] mm] 5/8 in [15.9 mm] 2 in [50 mm] mm] [0.8 KG] 1 1/2 in -11.5 NPT 18506 2 in [50 3 in [76.2 mm] 3 1/8 in [78.7 5/8 in [15.9 mm] 2 7/16 in [61.9 2 11/16 in [68.3 3.6 LB 2 in -11.5 NPT mm] mm] mm] mm] [1.6 KG] THE SELLER MAKER NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THE SELLERS SALES CONTRACT OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE ADD ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS CANNOT BE COVERED, NOR CAN ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. #J ANUS DETAIL SHEET NO. DS-702 STOCK NO. I SEE TABLE REV I FIRE SYSTEMS" DESCRJPTION NOZZLE, 180°, BRASS I THREAD TYPE I I I 1 I I STOCK NO. SIZE DIM 'A' 3/8 in 1 1/8 in [2 18500 110 mm] mm] 1/2 in 1 1/4 in [3 18501 [15 mm] mm] 3/4 in 1 1/2 in [3 18502 r-rs JFSIFO LISTED P/N 97681 J FS= P60 ADDRESSABLE FIRE CONTROL PANEL Features 60 addresses available on this analog addressable system Additional system capacity achieved via multi-point SLC modules 99 software zones NFPA 72 Compliant Smoke Sensitivity Test Built-In System Operates as Class A or Class B for SLC, P-Link and NACs 5 Amp Power Supply, Expandable to 310 amps 2 NACS, Regulated, Rated at 3 Amps each, expandable to 188 2 Input/Output (I/O) Circuits for system flexibility rated at 1 Amp each, ideal for manual release and abort Strobe Synchronization and System Wide Sync for Potter/AMSECO®, Genter®, Cooper Wheeloclr® and System Sensor® strobes Dedicated Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble Relays 4,000 Event History Buffer Cabinet will house up to 18 AH batteries Optional two line DACT with UD-1000 that can report General, Zone or Point Information Built in IP Communicator Ethernet Port for Programming and Network Connectivity E-Mail System Status, Reports and Event Information 101 I Description The JFS-IP60 is an analog/addressable releasing fire alarm system with a total system capacity of 60 addresses. Additional capacity on the system is achieved using multi-point SLC modules. The control panel utilizes the exclusive Potter protocol that includes a complete line of sensors and modules. Each SLC may be comprised of any combination of smoke sensor, heat detectors or modules and allows for a total of 50 ohms of impedance and may use any wire compliant with the National Electri- cal Code (NEC). The JFS-IP60 has a 5 Amp power supply with two Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) and two Input/Output (I/O) circuits. The NACs are rated at 3 Amps each and the I/Os are rated at 1 Amp each. Each output is regulated and power limited. In addition, each output is uniquely programmable and may be configured for steady signal, strobe synchronization, constant power, door holder power, or releasing. The strobe synchronization includes Potter/AMSECO, Gentex, System Sensor and Coo- per/Wheelock and with the exclusive Quadrasync each output may have a unique brand and all strobes will flash together. The I/Os are designed for inputs such as manual release stations and abort switches that will not require polling and react nearly instantaneously. The JFS-IP60 is listed for releasing of fire suppression systems. The software allows cross zones, counting zones, and timers for suppression. The system is capable of multiple release outputs across multiple hazards. In addition, the JFS-PS1000 may be used to extend releasing capability. The NACs may be expanded using the JFS-PS1000 series intelligent power supplies. Each JFS- PS1000 adds another 10 Amps of power, 2 additional input circuits and the JFS-IP60 will support up to 31 power supplies. The system will synchronize the strobes system wide. In addition, the JFS- PS1000E has space to allow the installation of up to six expansion cards. The cards mount on a stacker bracket that allows access to all SLC circuit connections. 051317 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 ® 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems® is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. 101 I I I I I I I I I II I I I 1 I I DS1 317 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 16W x 17"H x 3 7/8"D 3.0 Amps @ 120 VAC 50/60 HZ 2.0 Amps @ 240 VAC 50/60 HZ 16 gauge cold rolled steel with removable locked door with Lexan viewing window Standby Current-130 mA Alarm Current-200 mA 5 Amps power for NACs, I/O, and P-Link 3 Amps per NAC, regulated - '-' • 1 Amp per I/O circuit, regulated Battery Charger range 8-55 Ah Battery Charger voltage 27.3 VDC P-Link maximum current of 1 Amp 32° to 120° (0°C to 49°C) with a maximum humidity of 93% non-condensing. NFPA 12, 12A, 13, 15, 16, 17, 17A, 70, 72, 750, and 2001 ANSI/UL 864 - Local (L), Remote Station (RS), Central Station (CS), Propriety (PPU), Auxiliary (AUX).Type of Service: Automatic (A), Manual (M), Water flow (WF) Sprinkler Supervisory (SS) Type of Signaling: Digital Alarm Communicator (DAC), March Time (March), Non Coded (NC), Reverse Polarity (Rev P01), Other Technologies (OT) IBC 2000, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2012 SLC Features The Potter protocol is a digital protocol with a proven design for reliability and noise immunity. The sys- tem does not require special cable or conductors for connection of the Signaling Line Circuit as long as the cable is compliant with NFPA 70 and NFPA 72. The system allows for Class A or Class B installations as well as °T-Taps", with a max wiring distance of 10,000 Ft. SLC Loop Accessories The control panel may be connected with up to 60 addressable devices or modules in any combination. The SLC is not restricted by any special wire requirements and may be wired with any wire that complies with the NEC. I Analog Photo Electric Smoke Detector is a smoke detector with a listed obscuration of 1.02 to 3.83 percent per foot 1 Combination Analog Photo Electric Smoke/Heat Detector - a smoke detector with a listed V J1IiJMl obscuration of 1.02 to 3.83 percent obscuration and a fixed temperature 135° Fahrenheit I heat detector. 1i1JI ] Analog Fixed Temperature Heat Detector that is selectable from 135°F to 185°F Addressable Duct Smoke Detector with Form C Relay. IXX!Xi Addressable Duct Smoke Detector. 1 6" round base that is mounted to an electrical box and wired for connection of one of the above sensors. I 4" round base that may be mounted to an electrical box and wired for connection to the above sensors. 1 Isolator base that interrupts a short in a SLC and prevents the short from affecting protected devices on the loop. I Addressable Relay Base that contains one relay controlled by the SLC. Relay is rated at rated at 2 amps at 30 VDC or 0.5A at 125VAC. 1 Addressable Sounder Base that contains an addressable sounder module that may be con- figured for local, group and all call. lI' Addressable CO gas detector. - Addressable photo electric smoke detector for use in DUCT/DUCTR enclosure. Page 2 of 6 D01317 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 User Interface The fire alarm control panel has a 2 x 16 LCD display to provide information to the system status. The keypad has navigation keys to allow manipulation of the Menu on board the panel. The panel is shipped standard with the following LEDs: AC Power - Green • Alarm - Red • Earth Fault -Amber • Supervisory -Amber Silenced -Amber • Trouble -Amber • Pre-Release -Amber • Release - Red The common buttons include a Silence, Reset, Acknowledge, and Drill. All of the buttons are accessible once the locked door is opened. Ethernet/I.P. Connection The JFS-IP60 is shipped standard with an Ethernet connection. This connection is the programming port and may be connected to a building Wide Area Network (WAN) or Local Area Network (LAN). Once connected to the Internet, the panel may be selectively programmed to e-mail alarm conditions, trouble conditions, supervisory conditions, test, Event History and detector status. An e-mail may be sent to the panel and the panel will e-mail the event history, detector status, configuration file or server status to an authorized E-mail account. In addition, reminders may be set to send an e-mail for service, testing or other conditions. In addition, the Ethernet connection is UL listed as an IP communicator. The IP communicator is listed to report to the UL listed Sur-Gard III IP receiver. The IP communicator replaces the traditional less reliable alarm communicator transmitter that utilized telephone lines. The IP communicator is an active method of connection and communication to the monitoring station. P-Link The JFS-IP60 has a proprietary communication protocol that communicates through a RS485 con- nection to field devices. Up to 64 devices may be connected to a single P-Link connection. The P-Link includes the communication terminals and regulated 24 VDC connection for the field devices. The field devices may be any of the following: I Analog/Addressable loop expansion module 14]$) ] 2 x 16 LCD annunciator with a key pad in a locked metal enclosure. a@mm7a 4 x 40 LCD annunciator with a key pad in a locked metal enclosure. Flush mount version avail- able. QL 16 LED annunciator with common indicators in a locked me-al enclosure. Flush mount version available. 10 amp, remote intelligent power supply with 6 NACs, 2 I/Os and a P-Link repeater. This panel is listed in conjunction with the JFS-IP60 as releasing circuits. Class A convertor that converts the SLC, NACs and P-Link connection jiI1 J UL listed, Dual line telephone alarm communicator LED driver expander, used to connect up to 50 LEDs in a graphic display (I1IP Fire communication bridge, provides remote mounting of the Ethernet connection tIXi1I)' 1 Fiber interface module, used to extend P-Link to multimode fber (2 required) 1 Relay module, provides 5 form C relay contacts rated at 3.0 amps 24VDC/125AC Serial parallel gateway, allows for the connection to a serial or parallel printer LIII J Multi-Connect allows up to sixty-three IP series panels to share a single reporting technology. Two card expansion cabinet I Eight card expansion cabinet Fourteen card expansion cabinet *The FIB-1 000, FCB-1000 and the SPG-1000 may be installed in the stacker bracket or ordered with the op- tional rack mount enclosure. 11 Ell II J1 Page 3 of 6 0S1317 Revised 15-Dec-2017 Sensor Features The sensors through the fire alarm control panel provide a real time status as to the condition of the system. The smoke detector sensitivity, heat detector temperature level and drift compensation are all programmable options. The system also allows for a day/night mode where the panel automatically adjusts the sensitivity depending on the time of day. To assist in the reduction of false alarms, the smoke detectors also have a maintenance warning that sends a trouble signal when a detector is dirty to the point that it can no longer maintain the programmed sensitivity. I I I I I I Micro Input Module provides a small foot print contact module for mounting inside an enclo- sure. I Single Action Addressable Pull Station. Dual Action Addressable Pull Station. I Single Input Module is a standard contact module with an LED that mounts into a 4" square electrical box. 1 Dual Input Module is a device that can monitor two distinct inputs with a single device or in I a Class A mode. Two Relay Two Input module provides two form C relays that are individually controlled by the control panel. Each relay is rated for 2 amps at 30VDC or 0.5 amps at 125VAC. Also provides two contact inputs. Notification Appliance Circuit module is an addressable remote appliance circuit controlled by the panel. ljII!1!ll ] Zone Module is used to connect conventional 2-wire smoke detectors to the system. Isolater Module interrupts a short on the SLC and prevents the short from affecting protected devices on the loop. Relay Module that provides one form C relay controlled by the control panel. Relay is rated for 2 amps at 30VDC or 0.5 amps at 125VAC. Module provides a single addressable LED that is controlled by the control panel. iI!iJ 1 Speaker Module provides switching for two audio channels. ffbgI!1' Addressable LED and key switch that mounts in a single gang box. I' I DUCTR Remote Test Switch that mounts in a single gang box and optionally supervised I I One Relay One Input Module provides one form C relay and one input. The relay is rated at I 2 amps at 30VDC or 0.5 amps at 125VAC. Dimensions TOP 01 H=3.75 0008= 16.07" . BACKBOX = 15.77" DEPTH =3.84" I I I I -$1 RIGHT SIDE BOTTOM Page 4 of 6 I I 0S1317 Revised: 15-Dee-2017 BT-1201 Battery, 12V I2AH (2 Req'd) 186421 BT-180 Battery, 12V 18AH (2 Req'd) 18643 BT-260 Battery, 12V 26AH (2 Req'd) 18644 1JFS-IP Series cabinets will not hold 12 AH batteries. Janus recommends using I8AH batteries when 12 Al-I are required. n/a Spare CPU, JFS-1P60 97604 n/a EOL Resistor/Diode Assembly for Releasing Circuit 18712 n/a EOL Resistor, 5.1K 99950 UP-LTiTikjP_=eviFe—, Number[DFii'Mn PADIOO-SLCE Analog/Addressable Loop Expansion Module 97652 JFS-ANNI LCD Remote Annunciator 99247 JFS-ANN2 LCD Remote Annunciator 98725 LED-16 16 LED Annunciator 97644 LED-16F 16 LED Annuciator (Flush model) 97645 JFS-PSI000 Remote Intelligent Power Supply 98802 JFS-PSI000E Remote Intelligent Power Supply (room for 6 Expansion Cards) 98728 CA-6500 Class A Expander Module 98730 UD-1000 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter 98729 DRV-50 LED Driver Module 98529 FCB-1000 Fire Communication Bridge 98528 FIB-1000 Fiber Interface Bridge 98527 RLY-5 Relay Expander Module 98526 SPG-1000 Serial Parallel Gateway 98525 MC-1000 Multi-Connect 97651 AE-2 Two Card Expansion Cabinet 97647 AE-8 Eight Card Expansion Cabinet 98622 AE-14 Fourteen Card Expansion Cabinet 98621 I Page 5 of 6 I I I I I I I 0S1317 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 U go I PADIOO-MIM Miniature Input Module 97666 rAU1UU-rZ1,-)A wngie ACtIOfl #aaressaoue ruuu btation U11304 PADIOO-PSDA Dual Action Addressable Pull Station 97655 PADIOO-SIM Single Input Module 97662 PATDlM Dual Inout Module 97663 PADIOO-TRTl Two Relay Two Input Module 97665 PADIOO-NAC Notification Appliance Circuit 97659 PADIOO-ZM Zone Module 97660 PADIOO-IM Isolater Module 97658 PADIOO-RNI Relay Module 97661 PADIOO-LED LED Module 97656 PADI 00-SM Speaker Module 97653 PADIOO-LEDK LED and Key Switch 97657 PADIOO-DRTS DUCTR Remote Test Switch 97678 PADIOO-OROI One Relay One Input Module 97664 PADIOO-PD Analog Photoelectric Smoke Detector 97670 PADI 00-PHD Combination Analog Photoelectric Smoke/Heat Detector 97669 PADIOO-HD Analog Fixed Temperature Heat Detector 97668 PADIOO-DUCTR Addressable Duct Smoke Detector with Form C Relay 97677 PADIOO-DUCT Addressable Duct Smoke Detector 97676 PADI00-6DB 6" Analog Smoke Detector Base 97671 PADI00-4DB 4" Analog Smoke Detector Base 97672 PADIOO-IB Addressable Isolator Base 97673 PADIOO-RB Addressable Relay Base 97675 PADIOO-SB Addressable Sounder Base 97674 PADIOO-CD Addressable CO Gas Detector 97667 Note: Approvals/Listings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. TrI FTP SY's T t M S 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: info@janusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 6 of 6 0S1345 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE SENSOR Features II g @ USTED P/N See Chart Description Low profile, less than 2 inches with the base Wide selectable sens:tivity range of 1.0 to 3.7%/foot Sensor communicates sensitivity to control panel UL listed smoke calibration and sensitivity Optional locking tab to prevent unwanted removal Simple DIP switch address setting, no programming tool required LED alarm indicator Specifications Operating Voltage: 24 VDC Alarm indicator: 1 LED Alarm set-point range: 1.0 to 3.7 %/ft (3.6-12 %/m) Installation temperature range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C) Operating relative humidity range: 0% to 93% (Non-condensing) Start-up time: Max. 1 sec. Maximum number of addresses per loop: 127 Maximum number of lighted indicators in alarm per loop: 30 Color: Eggshell White Weight (no base): big (3.56 oz) Height (no base): 1.35 in (34 mm) Diameter (no base): 3.93 inches (100 mm) The Photoelectric Smoke Sensor is a listed Analog Addressable smoke sensor compatible with fire alarm control panels that utilize the Potter Addressable Device (PAD) protocol. The PAD1 00-PD is a low profile smoke sensor with a wide sensitivity range. The sensor and base (not included) are made of a durable plastic in an off-white color to blend in with the ceiling. The PAD1 00-PD has a sensitivity range of 1.0 to 3.7 % per foot and is UL. The PAD1 00-PD features drift compensation and has built in dirty detector warning as well as. The PAD1 00-PD and the control panel communicate over a proven and robust digital communication path and the system analyzes the information at the particular device. The total polling speed is less than five (5) seconds, well un- der the UL requirements. The sensor is compatible with any of the PAD series sensor bases and simply twists on. The PAD1 00- PD is addressed using DIP switches in the rear of the sensor and can be easily programmed in the field without special tools. Setting the Address Each addressable device on the SLC loop must have a unique address from 1 to 127 to function properly. The address is set using DIP switches. Before connecting a device to the SLC loop, take the following precautions to prevent potential dam- age to SLC or device. Verify the following: Power to the device is removed Field wiring is correctly installed. Field wiring has no open or short circuits. Air Velocity Ratings The PAD1 00-PD has an Open Area of Protection air velocity rating of 0 to 300 feet per minute. The system has a maximum of 30 LEDs that can be turned on simultareously. If the system already has 30 LEDs on, the PAD100-PD will operate even though the LED may not illuminate. © 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems© is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. I ~10 I I I I 051345 Revised: I5-Dec-2017 Operation The PAD1 00-PD is an analog addressable sensor that uses one address on the Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) of a compatible fire alarm control panel. The unit communicates with the control panel as it is polled. The LEDs flash every time the unit is polled and they will flash at a fast rate if the unit is in an active status. The polling LED can be turned off if desired for less conspicuous operation. The PAD1 00-PD with the PAD100-4DB or PAD100-6DB has a low profile of less than two (2) inches to blend into the surrounding environment. The sensor includes an insect screen to prevent foreign objects from reaching the chamber and the can be cleaned to restore operation of a dirty detector. Sensor Sensitivity The PAD1 00-PD and the compatible control panel work in tandem to keep the sensitivity consistent. As the sensor is installed over time, the sensor compensates for the dirt in the unit until it is out of range. At that time, the panel will indicate a dirty sensor. The sensor will then have to be cleaned or replaced. The PAD1 00-PD can be programmed to provide a maintenance alert prior to reaching the dirty sen- sor level which will allow for intervention prior to the sensor going into trouble. This allows for sensor replacement or cleaning prior to a nuisance trouble occurs. NOTE: As required by NFPA, do not install the sensors until all construction is complete and the work area has been thoroughly cleaned. If the sensors have been installed in a construction environment, they should be cleaned or replaced before the system is placed into service. Spacing The PAD1 00-PD is UL listed with a recommended maximum spacing of 30 feet. Refer to NFPA 72 for specific information regarding detector spacing, placement and special applications. NumberI [D?Etion IP/N PAD1 00-PD Photoelectric Smoke Sensor 97670 PADI00-6DB 6" Addressable Detector Base 97671 PADI00-4DB 4" Addressable Detector Base 97672 PADIOO-IB 6" base with an isolator module included 97673 6" base with one Form-C relay contact. 2A @ 3OVDC, O.5A @ PADIOO-RB 97675 I25VAC 6" base with sounder module included. Sound pattern is PADIOO-SB 97674 provided from external source Note: Approvals/Listings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. NWS *,-.j SYSTEMS 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: info@janusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 2 of 2 Mj F g. @ USTED P/N See Chart RAD100=4DB/6DB 4"/6" ADDRESSABLE DETECTOR BASE Features Terminals Marked with Polarity to assist with installation Duplicate terminals for in and out SLC wiring Terminals accept 22 to 12 AWG wire sizes Installs on single gang, double gang, octagon or 4" square box Locking tab prevents unauthorized detector removal Specifications Mounting Options: Single gang, double gang, octagon, and 4" square box Terminals: Screw-Clamp Type Wire Gauge: 22 to 12 AWG Diameter 6.3 in (166 mm) Height: 0.72 in (18 mm) Shipping Weight: 87g (3.07 oz) Material: Durable Plastic Description The PAD1 00-6DB and PAD1 004DB are low-profile, surface mount bases used with Potter's address- able detectors. The base uses screwclamp terminals that accept wire ranging from 22 to 14 AWG. When installed on recessed electrical boxes the PAD100-6DB is wide enough to completely cover the back box and the immediate surrounding area. The base is equipped with a locking tab to deter unauthorized removal of the attached detector. Application The PAD100-6DB and PAD100-4DB detector bases are used to install addressable smoke and heat detectors. The PAD1 00-6DB will mount on a single gang, double gang, octagon or 4" square electri- cal box. Locking Feature The PAD1 00-6DB and PAD1 00-4DB include a locking feature that prevents removal of the detector without using a tool. 1. To eliminate this feature, break off the locking tab (refer to figure below), and then install the detec- tor. 0S1339 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 © 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems'St is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. Eli To FA( Loop ( I I I I I I I I I Li I I 0S1339 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 2. To remove the detector from the base when the locking feature has been enabled, insert a small screw driver into the slot on the base to push the plastic tab while simultaneously turning the detector head counter-clockwise. Insert small screwdr into slot to remove detector from base. Wiring Diagram OTIfThtion NumberI[D htion IP/N PADI00-6DB 6" Addressable Detector Base 97671 PADIOO-4DB 4" Addressable Detector Base 97672 Note: Approvals/Listings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. 1T, Ir I AN ui T TkI' SY'STt MS° 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: info@janusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 2 of 2 DS1337 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 1-uIu MICRO INPUT MODULE 1 4 LLQ4 ®POJI PAD10-MlM tncmu*jsj (N. @ USTED P/N 97666 Description Features One Class B contact monitoring input Small size allows mounting in most electrical boxes SLC Class A, Class X & Class B 6" Pigtail wiring connections Specifications Operating Voltage 24.OV Max SLC Standby Current: 200iA Max SLC Alarm Current: 200pA IDC Input Circuit Wring: Class B Max Wring Resistance of IDC: 100 C) Max Wring Capacitance of IDC: 1 pF EOL Resistor: 5.1K C) Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C) Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 93% (non-condensing) Max no. of Module Per Loop: 127 units Dimensions: 1.75'x 1.36'x 0.43'(44.5 mm x 34.5 mmxli mm) Mounting Options: 2-1/2" (64mm) deep single-gang box Shipping Weight: 0.3 lbs The PADi 00-MIM is used to monitor the status of an initiating device(s) that contain a normally open set of dry contacts. The module is enclosed in a plastic case to protect against inadvertent shorts and ground faults. The case can be mounted using a single screw. The PAD100-MIM has a status indicator LED to indicate communication and alarm condition. In normal condition, the LED flashes when the device is being polled by the control panel. When the input is activated, the LED will flash at a fast rate. Application The micro input module (PAD100-MIM) is compatible with JFS-lP series addressable fire alarm con- trol panels. Generally the PAD100-MIM is used to monitor pull stations and other devices where the module is installed in an electrical box or enclosure behind the device being monitored. Setting the Address Each addressable SLC device must be assigned an address. The address is set using the DIP switch located on the front of the PAD100-MIM. Before connecting a device to the SLC loop, take the follow- ing precautions to prevent potential damage to the panel or device: Power to the device is removed. Field wiring is correctly installed. Field wiring has no open or short circuits. I 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems's is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. I I I I I I I I DS137 Revised: 15-Dec-2017 Wiring FROM FP OR DEVICE AND1O TO NORMALLY OPEN MON11110RE13CEME S.IKOHMFtEQUMM LMUde—IIN P/N PADIOO-MIM Micro Input Module 97666 Note: Approvals/Listings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. J\JS !1TRt SYSTEM'S° 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: infojanusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page of 2 D$1331 Revised: 15-Dee.2017 RAD100=RM 11 RELAY MODULE I PIN 97661 Description Features One (1) Form C relay contact SLC Class A, Class X & Class B Mounts in a standard 4" or double gang box Wiring terminals accessible when mounted in box All wiring terminals accept 22 to 12 AWG Specifications Operating Voltage: 24.OV Max SLC Standby Current: 240iA Max SLC Alarm Current: 240pA Relay Contacts: 2A @30VDC, 0.5A @125VAC Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C) Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 93% (non-condensing) Max no. of Module Per Loop: 127 units Dimensions: 4.17" x 4.17" x 1.14(106mm x 106 mm 29 mm) Mounting Options: Standard 4" Square or Double Gang Box Shipping Weight: 0.6 lbs The PAD100-RM uses one (1) SLC loop address to provide one (1) Form C relay contact. The module mounts on either a 4" square or double gang box. The PAD1 00-RM includes one red LED to indicate the module's status. In normal condition, the LED flashes when the device is being polled by the control panel. Application The PAD1 00-RM is compatible with JFS-IP series addressable fire alarm control panels. The PAD1 00- RM is an interface module providing one (1) Form C relay contact. Setting the Address Each addressable SLC device must be assigned an address. The address is set using the DIP switch located on the PAD1 00-RM. The PAD1 00-RM uses a single device address to identify relay contacts. Before connecting a device to the SLC loop, take the following precautions to prevent potential dam- age to the panel or device: Power to the device is removed. Field wiring is correctly installed. Field wiring has no open or short circuits. 101 © 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems® is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. El I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0S1331 Revised: 15-Oeo-207 Installation NOTE: It is possible that the internal relay in the PAD 100-RM may be shipped in the non-normal / activated state. To ensure that the internal relay is set to the normal state, connect the module to the SLC loop and reset the control panel before terminating the wiring to the modules output. Wiring PAD 100-RM Relay Circuit _• FROM FACP OR PREVIOUS MODULE TO NEXT MODULE [iou I[© ONE (1) FORMI1j [Oil •iil Number I[DEFition IP/N PADIOO-RM Relay Module 97661 Note. Approvals/Listings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the seller's sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. S Fiitt SYSTEMS° 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: info@janusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 2 of 2 LISTED P/N See Chart RAD100=PSSA/PSDA ADDRESSABLE PULL STATION Features Single or Dual Action versions Durable die-cast construction Reset key matches the fire alarm control panels Compatible with PP Series panels SLC Class A, Class X & Class B yIi II Specifications J Operating Voltage 24.OV Max SLC Standby Current: 200pA Max SLC Alarm Current: 200pA Operating Temperature Range: 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C) Indoor Only Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 93% (non-condensing) Dimensions: 4.76'x 3.25" x 1.76'(121 mm x83 mm x45 mm) Mounting Options: Single gang box Shipping Weight: Single Action - 1.22 lbs Double Action - 1.46 lbs Description The PAD100-PSSA (Single Action) is activated by simply pulling the white "1" bar handle down. The PAD1 00-PSDA (Dual Action) is activated by lifting the front cover and then pulling the white "T" bar handle down. Once activated, the "1" bar cannot be reset without opening the front cover. Opening the front cover will also activate the pull station. To reset the PADIOO-PS Series, use the supplied WS-93 key (PIN 99622) to unlock and open the front cover. Once the cover is open, push the "T" bar back into the normal position and re-secure the front cover. Application The PAD1 00-PSSNPSDA is compatible with JFS-IP series addressable fire alarm control panels. It is a non-coded addressable pull station available in either a single or dual action model and installs on a single gang box or surface mounts using the P32-BB back box. Setting the Address The PAD1 00-PS Series uses- one SLC address assigned to the device. The address is set using the DIP switch located on the back of the PAD100-PS device. II QokI PADI OO-PSSA PADI OO-PSDA D8138 Revised: 14-Aug-201 9 © 2017 Janus Fire Systems. All rights reserved (5/2017) Janus Fire Systems© is a registered trademark of Janus Fire Systems. U I Wiring I I U U I I == z Ln ! I FROM FACP OR PREVIOUS DEVICE TO NEXT DEVICE FACTORY WIRED CONTACTS r0rderi`-n7gInformafi`on~ Number I[D F 'fion [P/N PADIOO-PSSA Addressable Pull Station, Single Action 97654 PADIOO-PSDA Addressable Pull Station, Dual Action 97655 box, Surlace Mount, keclTfllaoor WS-93 Key, Spare, JFS Series 99622 Note: Approva/ilListings maintained by and manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company. The seller makes no warranties, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, except as expressly stated in the sellers sales contract or sales acknowledgment form. Every attempt is made to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. All specific applications cannot be covered, nor can all requirements be anticipated. All specifications are subject to change without notice. ANU rI.RE StTM'TS' I I I DS138 Revised: 14-Aug-2019 1102 Rupcich Drive Millennium Park Crown Point, IN 46307 TEL: (219) 663-1600 FAX: (219) 663-4562 e-mail: infojanusfiresystems.com www.janusfiresystems.com Page 2 of 2 I I I I I I OPERATED SET NC NC NC NO NO NO PRESSURE INLET WIRING DIAGRAM SWITCH COVE 4 PT FEMALE, NECT TO SYSTEM PIPING WIRING SCREW E'A TERMINALS BOX 3 EACH SIDE 1/2" CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS LJ L I I "- TO RESET PUSH STEM TO SET POSITION 15 AMP 125 VAC 10 AMP 250 VAC Ly.J 314HP1-2-3PH125-48OVAC 1/2" SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION FRONT VIEW STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION- PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY OPERATE SWITCH L 0.375" 8 COVER SCREWS SIDE SECTION FRONT VIEW COVER REMOVED Kidde ECS Fire Suppression System Component Description e7 Kdde Fire Systems Effective: June 2014 Pressure Operated Switch K-90-5180 FEATURES For Use with UL Listed, ULC Listed and • See Kidde® Manual 06-236225-001 for FM Approved Systems USCG Approval P/N: 81-486536-000 NOTES: The switch may be mounted in any position; how- Contact Ratings (3 PDT): ever, the preferred installation is upright, as shown. - 15 Amp @125 Vac Any load connection to the switch must not exceed - 10 Amp @ 250 Vac the switch rating, and shall utilize a suitable protec- - 3/4 HP @ 250 Vac tion device (i.e., circuit breaker, fuse). - 1, 2 or 3 Phase 1 PUSHBUTTON CONFIGURATION (NORMALLY OPEN IN NORMAL POSITION) TI] I [1 I I I 1. LISTINGS: -UL, FM 1/ in 2. TECHNICAL DATA: [44.5 mm] -APPLICATION: MAS-1 MOMENTARY ABORT STATION PROVIDES A PUSHBUTTON ACTIVATED SYSTEM ABORT CAPABILITIES. ABORT FOR THE MAS-1 IS ACHIEVED WITH A YELLOW DEADMAN STILE MUSHROOM HEAD PUSHBUTTON. ABORT -TEMPERATURE RANGE (INDOOR): 32°F TO 120°F[0°CTO o - 48.89°C], 90% RELATIVE HUMIDITY @ 100°F [37.8°C] -CONTACT RATING: 4 AMP © 30 VAC, 0.5 AMP © 30 VDC TO ABORT PUSH AND HOLD -TERMINAL CONNECTIONS: 2 X 16 AWG, 1 X 14 AWG -WEIGHT: 1.2 LB [0.544 KG] 51% in 31/4 in 3. MATERIAL: [133.4 mm] [82.6 mm] -BODY: STAINLESS STEEL FACE PLATE -FINISH: BLACK LETTERING; PUSHBUTTON IS YELLOW 4. NOTES: -THE MAS-1 ABORT FUNCTION IS INITIATED BY PRESSING AND / JANU SJ HOLDING THE YELLOW PUSHBUTTON. - I LINK. .Sys ER U -THE FACEPLATE MOUNTS TO A STANDARD UL LISTED 2-GANG - SWITCH BOX. 01%in 55 ,/16 i [5.9 mm] [134.9 mm] THE SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THE SELLERS SALES CONTRACT OR SALES ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM. EVERY ATTEMPT IS MADE TO KEEP OUR PRODUCT INFORMATION UP-TO-DATE PEED ACCURATE. ALL SPECIFIC APPUCATTONS CANNOT BE COVERED, NOR CAN ALL REQUIREMENTS BE ANTICIPATED. ALL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. *J46NUS :::: NO. STOCK NO. 12O3 18847 1 F I RE S Y S T E M So STATION, ABORT, MOMENTARY, MAS-1, INDOOR / AV Kdde Fire Systems A UTC Fire & Security Company Key Maintenance Switch II Effective: May 2009 K-76-606 FEATURES cFMus Approved to ANSI/UL 864, 9th edition, CANADA/ULC-5527 and ANSI/NFPA 72 Stainless Steel Plate Status LED Indicators Surface or Flush Mount Installations DESCRIPTION This Key Maintenance Switch is a key-switch that discon- nects actuation circuits in the system to prevent acciden- tal discharge of fire suppression systems during maintenance operations. The Key Maintenance Switch provides a means to short the Metron Actuator circuit leads for safe disconnection of conventional and addressable control units. Refer to the installation wiring diagram for detailed wiring connec- tions. Two LEDS indicate 'SYSTEM ARMED" or 'SYSTEM INACTIVE" when the key is inserted and turned. The key can only be removed in the armed position. Key Maintenance Switch mounts to a 4-inch backbox and operates on 24 Vdc. Designed for mounting on the wall with a back box. Key Maintenance Switch can be installed in either surface mount or flush mount configurations. Key Maintenance Switch physically disconnects the release circuit wiring in addition to the trouble open signal, the switch provides a means to generate a supervisory condition. ORDERING INFORMATION Part Number Description I 76-600000-200 Key Maintenance Switch 06-236881-001 Backbox Safely Disconnects Actuation Circuits by Shorting Metron Actuators Key Operated (Nonremovable When Operated) Four-Pole Double-Throw Switch Meets the Requirements of NFPA72 (2007 edition) ELECTRICAL Switch: 4PDT Key Switch - one set of contacts control indicators on the faceplate. - Three remaining contacts are available for application wiring. Device Current: 10 A @ 250 Vac 15A@ 125 Vac 15A@ up to 30 Vdc Electrical Life: 50,000 cycles - maintained 25,000 cycles - -momentary ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C) Range: MECHANICAL Mechanical Life: 100,000 cycles Switch Plate Stainless Steel Construction: This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes I Kidde Fire Systems no responsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The product must be I A UTC Fire & Security Company properly applied to work correctly. I 400 Main Street If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or question, I Ashland, MA 01721 contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721. Telephone: (508) 881-2000. I Ph: 508.881.2000 K-76-606 Rev AS © 2009 Kidde-Fenwal Inc. Printed in USA Fax: 508.881.8920 www.kiddefiresystems.com I I - .6* I I Th SYsTEnill i ~4 Ss® IUnd oor Selectaboe- OutputHorns, IStrobes, Horn St I'i('J for Wall Applications f i ll ,1 I I II S'I'I F F I 1,1.111 S I U I'S' N ft p f—f- -t System Sensor L -Series audible visible notification I products are rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits with lower I current draw and modern aesthetics. Features Updated Modern Aesthetics Small profile devices for Horns and Horn Strobes Plug-in design with minimal intrusion into the back box Tamper-resistant construction Automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation at 15 and 30 candela Field-selectable candela settings on wall units: 15, 30, 75, 95, 110, 135, and 185 Horn rated at 88+ dBA at 16 volts Rotary switch for horn tone and two volume selections Mounting plate for all standard and all compact wall units Mounting plate shorting spring checks wiring continuity before device installation Electrically compatible with legacy SpectrAlert and SpectrAlert Advance devices Compatible with MDL3 sync module Strobes and Horn Strobes listed for wall mounting only Horns listed for wall or ceiling use Agency Listings SIGNAUNG LISTED APPROVED 05512 FM approved except 7125-16530504 S4011 for ALERT models 7135-16550500 3057383. 3057072 The System Sensor 1-Series offers the most versatile and easy-to-use line of horns, strobes, and horn strobes in the industry with lower current draws and modern aesthetics. With white and red plastic housings, standard and compact devices, and plain, FIRE, and FUEGO-printed devices, System Sensor [-Series can meet virtually any application requirement. The [-Series line of wall-mount horns, strobes, and horn strobes include a variety of features that increase their application versatility while simplifying installation. All devices feature plug-in designs with minimal intrusion into the back box, making installations fast and foolproof while virtually eliminating costly and time-consuming ground faults. To further simplify installation and protect devices from construction damage, the [-Series utilizes a universal mounting plate for all models with an onboard shorting spring, so installers can test wiring continuity before the device is installed. Installers can also easily adapt devices to a suit a wide range of application requirements using field-selectable candela settings, automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation, and a rotary switch for horn tones with two volume selections. I I I I I I I I I AVDS865-05- 2/22/2018 • Page 1 I L-Series Specifications fl General L-Series standard horns, strobes, and horn strobes shall mount to a standard 2 x 4 x 17/8-inch back box, 4 x 4 x 11/2-inch back box, 4-inch octagon back box, or double-gang back box. [-Series compact products shall mount to a single-gang 2 x 4 x 17/8-inch back box. A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products for all standard models and a separate universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting wall compact models. The notification appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, [-Series products, when used with the Sync'Circuit'° Module accessory, shall be powered from a non-coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt-rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 8.5 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt-rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 16.5 and 33 volts. Indoor L-Series products shall operate between 32 and 120 degrees Fahrenheit from a regulated DC or full-wave rectified unfiltered power supply. Strobes and horn strobes shall have field-selectable candela settings including 15, 30, 75, 95, 110, 135, and 185. 4 Strobe The strobe shall be a System Sensor L-Series Model listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for tire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances flashing at 1 Hz over the strobes entire operating voltage range The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Horn Strobe Combination The horn strobe shall be a System Sensor [-Series Model listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The horn strobe shall be wired as a primary-signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have two audibility options and an option to switch between a temporal three pattern and a non-temporal (continuous pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch. The horn on horn strobe models shall operate on a coded or non-coded power supply. Synchronization Module The module shall be a System Sensor Sync-Circuit model MDL3 listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize Strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal three. Also, while operating the strobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn strobe models over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to a 411/16 x 411/16 x 21/8-inch back box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) circuits or one Style Z (class A) circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy chaining two or more synchronization modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded power supply. Standard Operating Temperature 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Humidity Range 10 to 93% non-condensing Strobe Flash Rate 1 flash per second Nominal Voltage Regulated 12 DC or regulated 24 DC1FWR1 Operating Voltage Range 8 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16 to 33 V (24 V nominal) Operating Voltage Range MDL3 Sync Module 8.5 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16.5 to 33 V (24 V nominal) Input Terminal Wire Gauge 12 to 18AWG Wall-Mount Dimensions (including lens) 5.6"L x 4.7"W x 1.91 "D (143 mm L x 119 mm W x 49 mm D) Compact Wall-Mount Dimensions (including lens) 5.26" Lx 3.46" W x 1.91" D (133 mm Lx 88 mm W x 49 mm D) Horn Dimensions 5.6"L x 4.7"W x 1.25"D (143 mm L x 119 mm W x 32 mm D) 4 Compact Horn Dimensions 5.25" Lx 3.45W x 1.25" D (133 mm Lx 88 mm W x 32 mm D) Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a non-regulated, Time-varying power source that is used on some power supply and panel outputs. Strobe products will operate at 12 V nominal only for 1.5 cd and 30 cd. I AV06865-05 - 2/22/2018• Page 2 I UL Current Draw Data IiLU1) I 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts Candela DC DC FWR Candela 15 88 43 60 Range 30 143 63 83 75 N/A 107 136 95 N/A 121 155 110 N/A 148 179 135 N/A 172 209 185 N/A 222 257 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts Sound Pattern dB DC DC FWR Temporal High 39 44 54 Temporal Low 28 32 54 Non-Temporal High 43 47 54 Non-Temporal Low 29 32 54 3.1 KHz Temporal High 39 41 54 3.1 KHz Temporal Low 29 32 54 3.1 KHz Non-Temporal High 42 43 54 3.1 KHz Non-Temporal Low 28 29 54 Coded High 43 47 54 3.1 KHz Coded High 42 43 54 I I I I I I Th 19 . 8-17.5 Volts 16-33 Volts DC Input 15cd 30cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd llOcd 135cd 185cd Temporal High 98 158 54 74 121 142 162 196 245 Temporal Low 93 154 44 65 111 133 157 184 235 I Non-Temporal High Non-Temportal Low 3.lKTemporal High 106 93 93 166 156 156 73 51 53 94 71 73 139 119 119 160 139 140 182 162 164 211 190 190 262 239 242 3.lKTemporal Low 91 154 45 66 112 133 160 185 235 I 3.1K Non-Temporal High 99 162 69 90 135 157 175 208 261 3,1K Non-Temporal Low 93 156 52 72 119 138 162 192 242 FWR Input 16-33 Volts 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd llOcd 135cd 185cd Temporal High I Temporal Low 83 68 107 91 156 145 177 165 198 185 234 223 287 271 Non-Temporal High 111 135 185 207 230 264 316 Non-Temportal Low 79 104 157 175 197 235 283 I 3.lKTemporal High 81 105 155 177 196 234 284 3.1K Temporal Low 68 90 145 166 186 222 276 I 3.1K Non-Temporal High 3.1K Non-Temporal Low 104 77 131 102 177 156 204 177 230 199 264 234 326 291 Horn Tones and Sound Output Data 16-33 Switch 8-17.5 Volts Volts Position Sound Pattern dB DC DC FWR 1 Temporal High 84 89 89 2 Temporal Low 75 83 83 3 Non-Temporal High 85 90 90 4 Non-Temporal Low 76 84 84 5 3.1 KHz Temporal High 83 88 88 6 3.1 KHz Temporal Low 76 82 82 7 3.1 KHz Non-Temporal High 84 89 89 8 3.1 KHz Non-Temporal Low 77 83 83 9 Coded High 85 90 90 10 3.1 KHz Coded High 84 89 89 * Settings 9 and 10 are not available on 2-wire horn strobes. Temporal coding must be provided by the NAC. If the NAC voltage is held constant, the horn output remains constantly on. AVDS865.05 • 2/2212018 . Page 3 I I I I L-Series Dimensions 1.91, 3,46" - 48.5 min 98 mm 125" 348" " , 98mm 32mm I (9.1 cm) I (3.9 cm) 32 min _ F _ ___ ll IiI TT 133.9 mm 5 .27" 133mm 'il • (13.7 5.38" cm) EQ Q [I L U 11,11611 L c A0548.00 A0547.00 A0557-00 Compact Strobe, Horn Strobe Compact Horn Compact Wall Surface Mount Back Box SBBGRL, SBBGWL 4.70" (11.94 cm) I 1.91" (4.85 cm) 47 119mm II 1.25" .___. . 32 min (12.24cm) (3.18 mm) 1 r1•lin F 5.67" 0 5.67" 144 mm I4.88cm) (14.4 cm) , ILD4 A0550.00 Strobe, Horn Strobe A0549-00 A0554.05 Horn Wall Surface Mount Back Box El SBBRLISBBWL L-Series Ordering Information U I r••-_ Wall Horn Strobes Horns* P2RL 2-Wire, Horn Strobe, Red HRL* Horn, Red P2WL 2-Wire, Horn Strobe, White HWL*Horn,White P2GRL 2-Wire, Compact Horn Strobe, Red HGRL*CompactHorn,Red P2GWL 2-Wire, Comp 2 filsactHornStrobe,White HGWL*CompactHorn,White P2RL-P 2-Wire, Horn Strobe, Red, Plain Accessories P2WL-P 2-Wire, Horn Strobe, White, Plain TR-2 Universal Wall Trim Ring Red P2RL-SP 2-Wire, Horn Strobe, Red, FUEGO TR-2W Universal Wall Trim RirgWhite fj P2W1_-11P_2-Wire_Hnrn_Strohe_White_P_lEñ SBBRL Wall Surface Mount Back Box, Red P4RL 4-Wire, Horn Strobe, Red SBBWL Wall Surface Mount Back Box, White t4VVL -vvire,_ Mom _totrooe,_vvrnie SBBGRLCompact Wall Surface Mount Back Box, Red WallStrobes SBBGWLCompact Wall Surface Mount Back Box, White SAL Strobe, Red SWL Strobe,White SGRL Compact Strobe,Red SGWL Compact Strobe,White SAL-P Strobe, Red, Plain SWL-P Strobe, White, Plain SRL-SP Strobe, Red, FUEGO SWL-CLR-ALERT Strobe, White, ALERT Notes: All -P models have a plain housing (no "FIRE" marking on cover). All -SP models have "FUEGO" marking 01 cover, All -ALERT models have "ALERT" marking on cover. "Horn-only models are listed for wall or ceiling use. 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 ©2018 System Sensor. \$ Phone: 800-SENSOR2 • Fax: 630-377-6495 PrOduct specifications subject to change without flOiCe. Visit systemsensor,com to, current product ormu000, including the latest serums at this data sheet. www systemsensor,com .'EI1I.Q? AvD5s6s.35 "2/22/2018 I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7165-2007:0500 Page 1 of 1 I CATEGORY: 7165 - FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) LISTEE: JANUS FIRE SYSTEMS1102 Rupcich D, Crown Point, IN 46307 Contact: Dennis Ley (219) 663-1600 Fax (219) 663-4562 I Email: dley@janusfiresystems.com DESIGN: Models JFS-IP60, JFS-lP127, and JFS-IP4000 fire alarm control units. Automatic, Manual, waterfiow and sprinkler supervisory type device and local, auxiliary, releasing, remote station I (PPU), proprietary (PPU) and central station (PPU) services. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. System components (CSFM Listing 7305-0328:0200): PAD 100-DIM Dual Input Module I PAD100-LED Addressable LED Module PAD 100-OROI One Relay-One Input Module PAD 100-RM Relay Module I PAD 100-SIM Single Input Module PAD 100 TRTI Two Relay-Two Input Module PAD 100-ZM Zone Module PAD 100-IM lolator Module I PAD 100- NAC Notification Appliance Circuit Module PAD 100-SM Speaker Module PAD 100-MIM Micro Input Module I PAD 100-LEDK LED Key Switch Module PAD 100-DRTS Duct Remote Test Switch PAD 100-SLCE127 Point SLC Expander MC-1000 Multi-Connect I PAD 100-DUCTR AE-2 Enclosure *sLCE..127 Loop Expander I RATING: 24 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances I MARKING: and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Listee's designation, UL label. name, model rating and APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm control units when use with separately listed electrically and functionally .compatible initiating and indicating devices. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual I for details. XLF: 7165-0328:0500 I 01-14-2019 dcc I This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not I an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other operational requirements I Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM ' LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7272-0328:0504 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7272 - SMOKE DETECTOR-SYSTEM TYPE-PHOTOELECTRIC LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, 63042 United States Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: billwpottersignal.com DESIGN: Models PAD100-PD, PAD100-DD and PAD100-PHD photoelectric smoke detector heads. Model PAD1 00-PHD has an intergral heat detector. Refer to Listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 24Vdc INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Models PAD100-PD and PAD100-PHD are listed as photoelectric smoke detector heads for use with listee's detector base Models PAD100-4DB, PAD100-6DB, PAD100-RB, PAD1 00-SB (CSFM#7300-0328:502) and Model PAD1 00-I B (CSFM#7300-0328: 501). Model PAD100-DD is listed as a photoelectric smoke detector head for use with Model PAD 100-DUCT (CSFM#3248-0328:0505). Refer to listee's Installation Instuction Manual for details. 06-21-2017 dcc This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct v' operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION I OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7300-0328:0502 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7300 - FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT ACCESSORIES/MISC. DEVICES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, 63042 United States Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: billw@pottersignal.com DESIGN: Models PAD 100-4DB, PAD 100-6DB, PAD 100-RB and PAD iOO-SB detector bases. Refer to Listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 24Vdc INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listees name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as a addressable isolator base for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units and listee's separately listed Models PAD-100-PD and PAD-1 00-PHD (CSFM#7272-0328:0504), PAD-1 00-HD (CSFM#7270-0328:0503) and PAD-1 00-CD (CSFM#5278-0328:0506) detector heads. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. I I I I I I Li I 06-21-2017 dcc r, This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I I I I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM 9 LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7300-2007:0101 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7300 - FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT ACCESSORIES/MISC. DEVICES LISTEE: JANUS FIRE 5Y5TEM51102 Rupcich D, Crown Point, IN 46307 Contact: Dennis Ley (219) 663-1600 Fax (219) 663-4562 Email: dley@janusfiresystems.com DESIGN: Models MRS-1 Main/Reserve/Transfer, MAS-i Momentary Abort, LOS-1 Keyed Lock-Out, ARS-i Abort./Releasing, and MMS-i Momentary Releasing switch assembly stations. Model MRS-1 uses a DPDT toggle switch to transfer suppression system releasing circuits from a main supply to a reserve supply. MAS-i uses a SPST pushbutton switch to provide pushbutton activated system abort capabilities. LOS-1 uses key activated DPDT switch to disconnect and electrically lock-out the releasing circuit of a fire suppression system. ARS-i uses both momentary SPST pushbutton switch and a momentary DPST toggle switch to combine the function of a Manual Release Station and Abort Station into a single unit. MMS-i uses a momentary DPST toggle switch to provide a non-maintained manually initiated release of fire suppression agent. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: MRS-1 Contact Rating (DPDT) -250 VAC, 10 A MMS-i Contact Rating (DPDT) -250 VAC, 10 A MAS-i Contact Rating (SPST) -415 VAC, 4 A / 110 VDC, 0.5 A LOS-1 Contact Rating (DPDT) -415 VAC, 4 A / 110 VDC, 0.5 A ARS-i Contact Rating (SPST) -415 VAC, 4 A / 110 VDC, 0.5 A ARS-i Contact Rating (DPDT) -250 VAC, 10 A INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listees name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as miscellaneous control accesssories for use with listee 's separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Authority having jurisdiction should be consulted prior to installation. 07-27-10 fm r, This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION I OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE 'CAL FIRE SINCE LISTING No. 7150-0328:0201 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7150— FIRE ALARM PULL BOXES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, 63042 United States Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: billw@pottersignal.com DESIGN: Models APS-SA, *PAD100..PSSA single action and APS-DA, *PAD100..PSDA dual action addressable pull boxes. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 22-24 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation, applicable codes & ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listees name, model designation, rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed addressable pull boxes for use with separately listed and compatible fire alarm control units. For indoor use only. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. NOTE: These manual pull boxes meet the requirements of UL Standard 38, 1999 Edition with California amendments. I [1 I I I *Revision 02-10-2017 dcc This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct kv' operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division [1 I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM I LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7125-1653:0504 Page 1 of 2 CATEGORY: 7125— FIRE ALARM DEVICES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED LISTEE: System Sensor, Unincorporated Div of Honeywell Int'l Inc.3825 Ohio Ave, St. Charles, IL 60174 Contact: Megan Sisson (630) 762-5362 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: megan.sissonhoneywell.com DESIGN: System Sensor Indoor 2-wire Models: SRL, SWL, SGRL, SGWL, SRL-P SWL-P, SRL-SP, SWL-CLR-ALERT and SWL-ALERT Wall Strobes; SCRL, SCWL and SCWL-CLR-ALERT Ceiling Strobes. Wall Bezel Parts: BZR-F, BZR-AL, BZR-AG, BZR-EV, BZR-P, BZR-SP, BZR-PG, BZW-F, BZW-AL, BZW-AG, BZW-EV, BZW-P, BZW-SP, BZW-PG, BZGR-F, BZGR-AL, BZGR-AG, BZGR-EV, BZGR-P, BZGR-SP, BZGR-PG, BZGW-F, BZGW-AL, BZGW-AG, BZGW-EV, BZGW-P, BZGW-SP and BZGW-PG, Ceiling Bezel Parts: BZRC-F, BZRC-AL, BZRC-AG, BZRC-EV, BZRC-P, BZRC-SP, BZRC-PG, BZWC-F, BZWC-AL, BZWC-AG, BZWC-EV, BZ\NC-P, BZWC-SP and BZWC-PG. Color Lens: LENS-A2, LENS-132, LENS-G2, LENS-R2, LENS-AC2, LENS-BC2, LENS-GC2 and LENS-RC2. WallTrim Rings: TR2 and TR2W CeilingTrim Rings: TRC2 and TRC2W. Wall Surface Mounted Back Boxes: SBBRL, SBBGRL, SBBWL and SBBGWL, Ceiling Surface Mounted Back Boxes: SBBCRL and SBBCWL Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. *Rev 04-04-19 gt r, This listing is based data upon technical submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to This listing should not be used to verify correct listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division Listing No. 7125-1653:0504 Page 2 of 2 RATING: Regulated 12 VDC setting: 8-17.5 VDC Regulated 24 VDCIfwr setting: 16-33 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, NFPA 72, applicable codes & ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as two wire strobe units used for synchronous application when used with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Suitable for indoor use, vertical wall or horizontal ceiling mounted. *Listed with software code, S05-0048-001 for low temperature compensation. Authority having jurisdiction should be consulted prior to installation. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. I I I I I I I I I I r] *Rev 04-04-19 gt This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I I I I I I I I CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7135-1653:0503 Page 1 of 2 CATEGORY: 7135—AUDIBLE DEVICES LISTEE: System Sensor, Unincorporated Div of Honeywell Int'l Inc.3825 Ohio Ave, St. Charles, IL 60174 Contact: Megan Sisson (630) 762-5362 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: megan.sissonhoneywell.com DESIGN: System Sensor Indoor 2-wire and *4wire Models: HWL, HRL, HGWL and HGRL Horns; CHWL and CHRL Chimes; P2RL, P2WL, P2GRL, P2GWL, P2RL-P, P2WL-P, P2RL-SP, P2WL-SP, *P4RL and *P4WL Wall Horn Strobes; PC2RL, PC2WL, *PC4RL and *PC4WL Ceiling Horn Strobes; CHSRL and CHSWL Wall Chime Strobes; CHSCRL and CHSCWL Ceiling Chime Strobes; Wall Bezel Parts: BZR-F, BZR-AL, BZR-AG, BZR-EV, BZR-P, BZR-SP, BZR-PG, BZW-F, BZW-AL, BZW-AG, BZW-EV, BZW-P, BZW-SP, BZW-PG, BZGR-F, BZGR-AL, BZGR-AG, BZGR-EV, BZGR-P, BZGR-SP, BZGR-PG, BZGW-F, BZGW-AL, BZGW-AG, BZGW-EV, BZGW-P, BZGW-SP and BZGW-PG, Ceiling Bezel Parts: BZRC-F, BZRC-AL, BZRC-AG, BZRC-EV, BZRC-P, BZRC-SP, BZRC-PG, BZWC-F, BZWC-AL, BZWC-AG, BZWC-EV, BZWC-P, BZWC-SP and BZWC-PG. Color Lens: LENS-A2, LENS-132, LENS-G2, LENS-R2, LENS-AC2, LENS-BC2, LENS-GC2 and LENS-RC2. WallTrim Rings: *TR2 and *TR2W CeilingTrim Rings: *TRC2 and *TRC2W Wall Surface Mounted Back Boxes: SBBRL, SBBGRL, SBBWL and SBBGWL, Ceiling Surface Mounted Back Boxes: Revision 08-21-2017 dcc This listing is based data Li upon technical submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to This listing should not be used to verify correct listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I I I I I I I Listing No. 7135-1653:0503 Page 2 of 2 SBBCRL and SBBCWL MP120KL 120 VAC Adapter Mounting Plate Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 12 VDC regulated and 24 VDC/FWR INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, NFPA 72, applicable codes & ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listees name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as audible devices when used with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Suitable for indoor use, wall or ceiling mounted. Authority having jurisdiction should be consulted prior to installation. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. I I I I I I I I I I I Revision 08-21-2017 dcc This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of, the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2019 Listing Expires June 30, 2020 Authorized By: DAVID CASTILLO, Program Coordinator Fire Engineering Division I I I [1 I FM-200® Operation, Design, I & Service Manual Sv Series, Mv Series, Lv Series I APPROVED USTED US1ED 4OYE I I I Li I Issued February 1, 2009 DOC1O2 REV F I I `7 FIRE NTCJ FIRE SYSTEMS® I I I I 9.0 90,000 5.00 9.5 95,000 5.00 10.0 100,000 500 10.5 - 105,000 5.00 11.0 110,000 1.13 11.5 115,000 0.60 12.0 120,000 0.49 Page: 2 1L TS 01" "1 Section 1 General Information SYSTEUS 1.1 Listings and Approvals When designed and installed according to the information contained in this manual, the Janus Fire Systems® Sv,Mv, and Lv Series FM200® Fire Extinguishing Systems are Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) listed and Factory Mutual (FM) approved for engineered systems. System equipment has been verified through testing to function at ambient temperatures ranging from 32°F (0°C) to 130°F (54°C). Flow calculations have been verified at ambient, temperatures of 70°F ±10 (21.1°C ±5.5°). Storage outside of the range of 70°F ±10° (21.1°C ±5.5°) may result in inaccurate flow calculations and may cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the calculated quantity of FM-200®. 1.2 Extinguishing Agent I FM-200® (HFC-227ea) is a colorless, non-toxic gas and a clean, effective, environmentally acceptable, electrically non-conductive fire suppression agent. I It is formed from the elements carbon, fluorine and hydrogen (CF3CHFCF3 - heptafluoropropane). The primary extinguishing mechanism of FM-200® is heat absorption, with a secondary chemical contribution from I the thermal decomposition of FM200® in the flame. Most metals, such as aluminum, brass, steel, and I stainless steel, as well as plastics, rubber, and electronic components, are not affected by exposure to FM200®. In the Janus Fire Systems® FM2o0® Fire Suppression Systems, FM-200® is stored as a liquid in steel cylinders and superpressurized with nitrogen to 360 psig (24.8 bar) at 70°F (21.1°C) to improve its flow characteristics. When discharged, FM200® vaporizes at the discharge nozzles and becomes thoroughly mixed with the air throughout the protected area reaching a predetermined design concentration. 1.3 Safety Considerations The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) Program lists FM200® (HFC-227ea) as acceptable for occupied spaces. FM200® must be used in accordance with the NFPA Standard 2001, specifically as follows: Unnecessary exposure to FM-200® - including exposure at and below the no observable adverse effects level (NOAEL)1 concentrations of 9% or below - and FM200® decomposition products shall be avoided. Means shall be provided to limit exposure to no longer than 5 minutes. Unprotected personnel shall not enter a protected space during or after agent discharge. The following additional provisions shall apply: 1 NOAEL (No Observed Adverse Effect Level) - The highest concentration at which no adverse toxicological or physiological effect has been observed. Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPRUM LISTED LISTED 4OYE 61JIM1 91y2s Page: 3 F!RE SYSTEMS Section 1 General Information FM200® systems for spaces that are normally occupied and designed to concentrations up to the NOAEL shall be permitted. The maximum exposure in any case shall not exceed 5 minutes. FM200® systems for spaces that are normally occupied and designed to concentrations above the NOAEL shall be permitted, given that means be provided to limit exposure to the design concentrations shown in Table 1.3 that correspond to an allowable human exposure time of 5 minutes. Higher design concentrations associated with human exposure times less than 5 minutes as shown in Table 1.3 shall not be permitted in normally occupied spaces. An exposure and egress analysis shall be performed and approved. In spaces that are not normally occupied and protected by an FM200® system designed to concentrations above the lowest observable adverse effects level (LOAEL)2 of 10.5%, and where personnel could possibly be exposed, means shall be provided to limit exposure times using Table 1.3. In spaces that are not normally occupied and in the absence of the information needed to fulfill the conditions listed above, the following provisions shall apply: Where egress takes longer than 30 seconds but less than 1 minute, the FJ\/I_200® shall not be used in a concentration exceeding its LOAEL of 10.5%. Concentrations exceeding the LOAEL are permitted provided that any personnel in the area can escape within 30 seconds. A pre-discharge ala:m and time delay shall be provided in accordance with the provisions noted in NFPA 2001 for Time Delays. The discharge of FM-200® into a hazard may reduce visibility for a brief period. FM-200® may cause frostbite if liquid discharge or escaping vapor contacts the skin. When FM-2000 is exposed to temperatures greater than 1300°F (7000C), the potentially hazardous byproduct hydrogen fluoride (HF) will be formed The system is designed to discharge within 10 seconds or less to minimize the amount of HF formed during extinguishment. The effects of agent decomposition on equipment must be considered when using FM-2000 in hazards with high ambient temperatures (e.g., furnaces and ovens). The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) on FM-200® can be found in Appendix A of this manual and should be read and understood before working with the agent. Training of personnel, fire drills, and evacuation plans should be considered. A CAUTION A cylinder containing FM-2000 must be handled carefully. All anti-recoil safety plugs and devices must be in place at all times when the cylinder is not connected to discharge piping. 2 LOAEL (Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level) - The lowest concentration at which an adverse physiological or toxicological effect has been observed. FM-2008 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I Page: 4 JFIPLE SYSTEMS I I I I Document# DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 AppVET) LISTED Revision F 4OVE Page: 5 "FIRE SYSTEMS* Section 2 System Description and Components 2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND COMPONENTS The Janus Fire Systems® Sv, My, and Lv Series Systems can be divided into the following component cat- egories: FM2OO® Storage Components -These components consist of the cylinder assembly(s), which contains the FM2OO® chemical agent, and the cylinder bracket(s), which holds the cylinder assembly securely in place. FM2OO® Distribution Components - These components consist of the discharge nozzles used to atomize the liquid FM2OO® and introduce it into a protected hazard along with the associated piping system used to connect the nozzles to the cylinder assembly. Trim Components - These components complete the installation of the FM2OO® system and may include connection fittings, a pressure gauge, low-pressure supervisory switch, electric valve actuator, and manual valve actuator. The specific components used will vary slightly according to the series valve installed. Slave Arrangement Components - These components consist of the pneumatic valve actuator(s), pilot actuation check valve, vent check, actuation hoses, and fittings required for a multiple cylinder (slave) arrangement. Supplemental Components - These components include the discharge pressure switch and maybe utilized in a variety of locations within an arrangement or for multiple purposes. Control Panel - This device monitors the condition of the electric actuator, detectors, warning devices, cylinder pressure, and any manual release and abort stations. Early Warning and Alarm Devices - Early warning devices coupled with manual release and abort stations maximize system efficiency while audible and visual alarm devices alert staff of alarm conditions. The following sections describe the operation and function of all controls and indicators that are used with the Janus Fire Systems® Sv, Mv, and Lv Series FM-200® Systems. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROWD Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40ff n H Page: 6 I JAN US Section 2 System Description and Components R.E SYSTEMS* I 2.1 Cylinder Assembly I The cylinder assembly consists of the cylinder, dip tube, and cylinder valve. 2.1.1 Cylinder I The FM200® agent is stored as a liquid inside a welded steel cylinder. The cylinders are superpressurized with dry nitrogen to a pressure of 360 psig (24.8 bar) at 70T (21'C). Every cylinder has a minimum fill density of 35 lb/ft' (561 kg/m') and a maximum fill density of 70 lb/ft' (1121 kg/rn3). The capacity of a I cylinder varies according to the design requirements and the Series designation (See Table 2.1.1 for a list of available capacities). I Standard domestic cylinders are manufactured according to the requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) and Transport Canada' (TC) for compressed gas and are fitted with an identification label indicating the fill quantity of FM-200®. Each cylinder has internal neck threads to allow - for connection to the cylinder valve. Sv 40 lb 18583 18586 22 10.0 43 19.5 36 16.3 Sv 8O lb 18584 18587 41 18.6 81 36.7 65 29.5 Sv 130 lb 18585 18588 66 29.9 131 59.4 77 35.0 Mv 250 lb 18525 18589 126 57.2 252 114.3 213 96.6 Mv 420 lb 18526 18590 211 95.7 422 191.4 279 126.6 Lv ..600 lb 18521 18591 304 137.9 609 275.3 346 157.0 Lv 900 lb 18528 18592 455 206.4 910 412.7 471 213.6 Lv 10001b 18529 18593 561 254.5 1000 453.6 766 346.5 Ordering Instructions: Specify the Cylinder Assembly P/N followed by a dash and the fill weight in pounds expressed in three digits. 2.1.1.1 Rupture Disc A frangible rupture disc is fitted to the Lv Series cylinder body. It functions as an emergency relief device in the event of excessive internal pressure within the cylinder. Its rupture point is between 850 psi (58.6 bar) and 1000 psi (68.9 bar). This feature is not found on the Sv Series or Mv Series cylinder. Instead, a rupture disc is located on the side of Sv Series and Mv Series cylinder valve as detailed in sections 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.2. 1 1000 lb Cylinders are not Transport Canada approved. Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 MOVED LISTED LISTED 405E JOANUS Page: 7 PtE SYSTEMS' Section 2 System Description and Components 2.1.1.2 Liquid Level Indicator The liquid level indicator consists of a sealed non-magnetic tube containing an external measurement tape fitted with a magnet. A second magnet with an opposing polarity is installed on the outside of the tube and is exposed to the Fl\hl_200® liquid. As the tape is extracted from the tube, it will engage with the second magnet creating a noticeable change in tension. The measure on the tape when this change in tension occurs indicates the current liquid level inside the cylinder and can then be compared to a chart located in Appendix B of this manual to determine the current fill weight of the cylinder. The liquid level indicator assembly is threaded into an outlet on the head (top) of the Mv Series and Lv Series cylinders. This feature is not found on the Sv Series cylinder. 2.1.2 Dip Tube A rigid dip tube is threaded into the cylinder valve and extends down the entire length of the cylinder. 2.1.3 Cylinder Valve A differential pressure operated cylinder valve controls the automatic release of FM_200® from the cylinder. It is made of forged brass and is threaded onto the cylinder neck. The features and design of each valve vary according to the Series designation. FM200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ULC UI. FM Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPRWM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 I I P age: 8 Jyj Section 2 System Description and Components it s'isits 2.1.3.1 Sv Series Valve Features (See Figure 2.1.3. 1) I The Sv Series valve has six key features: Valve Actuation Connection: A threaded connection located on top of the cylinder valve serves as the I attachment point for the electric (primary) or pneumatic (slave) valve actuator. Pressure Gauge: A pressure gauge is mounted to the cylinder valve exterior to provide a visual measure of the cylinder's internal pressure. The gauge shall not be removed while the cylinder is under pressure. RuptureDisc: A frangible rupture disc is fitted to the valve body opposite the pressure gauge. It functions as an emergency relief device in the event of excessive internal pressure within the cylinder. Its rupture point is between 850 psi (58.6 bar) and 1000 psi (68.9 bar). The rupture disc shall not be removed while the cylinder is under pressure. I 4. Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch: A low-pressure supervisory switch is mounted to the cylinder valve and continuously monitors the internal pressure of the cylinder. It shall not be removed while the cylinder is under pressure. 1 5. Discharge Outlet: A 1 1/4 in (32 mm) FNPT connection serves as the attachment point for the discharge piping. I 6. Pilot Actuation Port: A 3/8 in (10 mm) FNPT connection (shipped with a pipe plug) serves as the attachment point for the pilot actuation piping in multiple cylinder systems, providing the actuation pressure used to open the slave cylinder valve(s). This can also be used for attachment of the discharge I pressure switch in single cylinder arrangements. The pipe plug shall remain in place at all times when the port is not connected to pilot actuation piping or a discharge pressure switch. Valve Actuation Pressure Gauge (2) U Connection (1) , J Discharge Cutlet / Anti-Recoil Pilot Actuation V Safety Plug Port Discharge Pilot Actuation PiPe Plug Safety Cap / Low-Pressure I Supervisory Switch (4) I Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch (4) Figure 2.1.3.1a Sv Cylinder Valve Assembly I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPuVED LISTED LISTED 4OVE IRE SYSTEMS' Section 2 System Description and Components 11/4" Elbow Manual Valve (32 mm) Actuator Recommended - . (P/N 17001) (oedby Electric Valve Actuator 1 114" Nipple (P/N 18481) (32 mm) Recommended (Provided by Installer) Rupture Disc cy e0rdvta0ive Recommended rovided by / (P Installer) Nipple (32 mm) Recommended Pressure (Provided by Discharge Gauge Installer) Outlet Affixed to Cylinder Valve , Pilot Actuation . Port Shipped with Pipe Plug '- Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Affixed to Cylinder Valve Anti-Recoil W •:- Safety Shipped with Cylinder Valve - -- - : •:g i . _____ -- _•..;-.• _J y Figure 2.1.3.1b Sv Cylinder Valve w/ Trim Kit FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 ® Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 USThD LISTED gppggpj Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Page: 10 'jAN1JS Section 2 System Description and Components SYSTEMS 2.1.3.2 Mv Series Valve Features (See Figure 2.1.3.2a) I 'The Mv Series cylinder valve has six key features: Valve Actuation Connection: A threaded connection located on top of the cylinder valve serves as the I attachment point for the electric (primary) or pneumatic (slave) valve actuator. Pressure Gauge Connection: A female connection serves as the attachment point for the pressure I gauge. It is fitted with a Schrader valve to allow the removal of the gauge while the cylinder is pressurized. I 3. Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Connection: A female connection serves as the attachment point for the low-pressure supervisory switch. A Schrader valve allows for the removal of the pressure switch while the cylinder is pressurized. Rupture Disc: A frangible rupture disc is fitted to the valve body opposite the discharge outlet. It functions as an emergency relief device in the event of excessive internal pressure within the cylinder. Its rupture point is between 850 psi (58.6 bar) and 1000 psi (68.9 bar). The rupture disc shall not be removed while the cylinder is under pressure. Discharge Outlet: A 2 in (50 mm) grooved connection serves as the attachment point for discharge piping. Pilot Actuation Port: A 1/4 in (8 mm) NPT connection (shipped with a pipe plug) serves as the attachment point for the pilot actuation piping in multiple cylinder systems, providing the actuation pressure used to open the slave cylinder valve(s). This can also be used for attachment of the discharge pressure switch in single cylinder arrangements. The pipe plug shall remain in place at all times when the port is not connected to pilot actuation piping or a discharge pressure switch. Valve Actuation Connection (1) Discharge Outlet (5) Pressure Gauge V Connection (2) Ruptui Disc ( Pilot Actuation Low-Pressure Port (6) Supervisory Switch Connection (3) Pressure Gauge Connection (2) Grooved Coupling (Part Safety of Anti-Recoil Cap Safety Device) Figure 2.1.3.2a Mv Cylinder Valve Assembly Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVED LISTED LISTED 405E Page: 11 0 ~ M~f 'u, S ESvsTEMs Section 2 System Description and Components 2" Grooved to NPT Adapter Nipple (50 mm) (PIN 18474) Manual Valve L - Actuator 2" Grooved (PIN 17001) - Coupling 5 (PIN 18555) 2' Grooved - Electric Valve Elbow Actuator (PIN 18481) (PIN 18551) S Grooved 55) pNleSdS Shi p h Cylinder Valve as - III*" part of Anti-Recoil Low-Pressure Safely Device Supervisory Switch Assembly (PIN 18775) Discharge Outlet Liquid Rupture Disc Level - Affixed to Indicator Cylinder Valve Affixed to Cylinder Ash-Recoil Safety Device Shipped with Cylinder Valve 1L1 Pre sure 46 :i• ! i:, r 3 Figure 2.1.3.2b Mv Cylinder Valve WI Trim Kit FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ® <9> Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPItltVtfl Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OY 11-10, Pressure Gauge Connection (2) Pilot Actuation Supervisory Switch Port (5) Connection (3) Pressure Gauge Conne" Grooved Coupling (Part Safety of Anti-Recoil Cap Safety Device) Valve Actuation Connection (1) I Page: 12 *1A, N-11US; Section 2 System Description and Components FERE SYSTE MS* 2.1.3.3 Lv Series Valve Features (See Figure 2.1.3.3a) I The Lv Series cylinder valve has five key features: Valve Actuation Connection: A threaded connection located on top of the cylinder valve serves as the I attachment point for the electric (primary) or pneumatic (slave) valve actuator. Pressure Gauge Connection: A female connection serves as the attachment point for the pressure I gauge. It is fitted with a Schrader valve to allow the removal of the gauge while the cylinder is pressurized. Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Connection: A female connection serves as the attachment point I for the low-pressure supervisory switch. A Schrader valve allows for the removal of the pressure switch while the cylinder is pressurized. I 4. Discharge Outlet: A 3 in (80 mm) grooved connection serves as the attachment point for discharge piping. 5. Pilot Actuation Port: A 1/4 in (8 mm) NPT connection (shipped with a pipe plug) serves as the attachment point for the pilot actuation piping in multiple cylinder systems, providing the actuation pressure used to open the slave cylinder valve(s). This can also be used for attachment of the discharge pressure switch in single cylinder arrangements. The pipe plug shall remain in place at all times when the port is not connected to pilot actuation piping or a discharge pressure switch. Figure 2.1.3.3a Lv Cylinder Valve Assembly Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APffiDVR1 LISTED USIED 4OYE 3 Groove Elbow (80 mm (P/N 1855 Anti-Recc Safety Device Shipped w Cylinder Va Liqu Lev lndic Affixe Cylin e '2) TANUS Page: 13 :1FIRE SvsTEMS Section 2 System Description and Components Manual Valve Figure 2.1.3.3b Lv Cylinder Valve wl Trim Kit Document # D0C102 Revision F FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 USI8D LISTED spwavtn Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 1.062 in 26.97 mm Figure 2.2.1.1 Sv Series Pressure Gauge I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page: 14 Section 2 System Description and Components MANUS FIRE SYSTEMS 2.2 Trim Components The following components complete the set up of any Sv, Mv; and Lv Series FM2OO® System regardless of the specific arrangement or number of cylinders utilized. 2.2.1 Pressure Gauge A pressure gauge for each cylinder provides a reliable means of monitoring the internal pressure condition of the cylinder as mandated by NFPA 2001. The Sv Series pressure gauge differs from the 1\/Iv and Lv Series pressure gauge in the method it is affixed to the cylinder valve. 2.2.1.1 Sv Series Pressure Gauge P/N 17556 (See Figure 2.2. 1.1) The Sv Series pressure gauge is factory mounted to the cylinder valve opposite the rupture disc. 1IAWARNING The Sv Series pressure gauge is mounted directly to the cylinder valve and shall not be removed while the contents are under pressure. Removal while the contents are under pressure will cause agent to escape through the pressure valve connection and discharge the cylinder valve. 2.2.1.2 Mv and Lv Series Pressure Gauge Assembly P/N 18772 (See Figure 2.1.3.3) 0-Ring Figure 2.2.1.2 Mv and Lv Series Pressure Gauge Assembly A CAUTION The Mv and Lv Series pressure gauge assembly shall not be removed from the cylinder valve while the contents are under pressure. Removal while the contents are under pressure may damage the 0-ring seal or gauge, requiring the replacement of the pressure gauge assembly. A CAUTION The Mv and Lv Series cylinder assemblies shall not be transported with the pressure gauge assembly installed. Remove the pressure gauge assembly from the cylinder valve before transporting the Mv Series or Lv Series cylinder assembly. 1. 0-Rings must be ordered in packs of 25 as P/N 98791 Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM.200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVED LISTED LISftD Revision F 4OYE The Mv and Lv Series pressure gauge has a swivel nut and 0-ring seal allowing it to connect to the Mv and Lv Series cylinder valves at the pressure gauge connection. The pressure gauge ports of the Mv and Lv Series cylinder valves contain a Schrader valve that seals when the gauge is absent. Refer to Section 4.1.4.1 regarding installation and removal of the pressure gauge assembly. 0 Page: 15 Section 2 System Description and Components 2.2.2 Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch The low-pressure supervisory switch continuously monitors the pressure within the cylinder. Should the cylinder pressure drop to approximately 280 psi (19.3 bar), the switch contacts will close transmitting an abnormal signal to the system control panel. 'The contact configuration is single pole, single throw t (SPST) with contacts rated 1.5 Amps 090 in at 24 VDC. The Sv Series low-pressure 22.16 mm supervisory switch differs from the Mv and Lv Series low-pressure supervisory 4 IP1II 1.778 __________________________ 18 in lead CI switch in the method it is affixed to the 45.16 mm 457 mm cylinder valve. Figure 2.2.2.1 Sv Series Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch 2.2.2.1 Sv Series Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch P/N 17032 (See Figure 2.2.2.1) The Sv Series low-pressure supervisory switch is factory mounted to the cylinder valve between the rupture disc and pilot actuation port. The Sv Series switch has 18 inch (457 mm) leads. ,A WARNING The Sv Series low-pressure supervisory switch is mounted directly to the cy1inde valve and shall not be removed while the contents are under pressure. Removal while the contents are under pressure will cause agent to escape through the low-pressure supervisory switch connection and discharge the cylinder valve. 2.2.2.2 Mv and Lv Series Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Assembly P/N 18775 (See Figure 2.2.2.2) The Mv and Lv Series low-pressure supervisory switch is fitted with a swivel nut and 0-ring seal to allow it to attach to the Mv and Lv Series cylinder valves at the low-pressure supervisory switch connection. The low-pressure supervisory switch ports of the l'vlv and Lv Series cylinder valves contain a Schrader valve that seals when the switch is absent. The Mv and Lv Series switch has 1.0'1 in 25.7 mm 36 inch (914 mm) leads. Refer to Section 4.1.4.2 regarding installation 297 in 36 in lead and removal of the low- 0-Ring' 75.4mm 91 -Ri 914 mm (PIN 18582) pressure supervisory switch Figure 2.2.2.2 Mv and Lv Series Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Assembly assembly. A CAUTION The Mv and Lv Series low-pressure supervisory switch assembly shall not be removed from the cylinder valve while the contents are under pressure. Removal while the contents are under pressure may damage the 0-ring seal or switch, requiring the replacement of the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly. A CAUTION The Mv and Lv Series cylinder assemblies shall not be transported with the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly installed. Remove the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly from the cylinder valve before transporting the Mv Series or Lv Series cylinder assembly. 1. 0-Rings must be ordered in packs of 25 as P/N 98791 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC1O2 l ® z:'- Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F USTED LISTED APPIM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40Vt Page: 16 Section 2 System Description and Components jANU:S FmRE SYSTEMS* Fastening Screw 2.2.2.3 Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Conduit Adapter P/N 99408 (See Figure 2.2.2.3a and 2.2.2.3b) An optional conduit adapter is available for the low-pressure supervisory switch to facilitate the attachment of rigid or flexible conduit over the switch leads. When implemented, the adapter shall be field installed to the body of the low-pressure supervisory switch and the fastening screw secured until the conduit adapter fits snuggly around the low-pressure supervisory switch body as illustrated in Figure 2.2.2.3b. Figure 2.2.2.3a Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Conduit Adapter NOTE: Conduit Adapter must be ordered sepa- rately from the low-pressure supervisory switch and held installed as shown here. Figure 2.2.2.3b Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch w/ Conduit Adapter (Sv Series Shown) A CAUTION The conduit adapter fastening screw shall NOT be overtightened. Overtightening the fastening screw may cause the body of the low-pressure supervisory switch to crack. I 2.2.3 Electric Valve Actuator P/N 18481 (See Figure 2.2.3) The electric valve actuator attaches to the I primary cylinder at the valve actuation connection and is utilized to automatically- open the cylinder valve upon receipt of a I signal from the control panel or other source. It operates between 20.4 and 26.4 VDC and consumes 500 mA (S Amps) at 24 VDC nominal with a maximum supervisory current I of 30 mA (0.03 Amps). 1.620 in 41 15 DIN Connector with 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Hub with 36"(914 mm) leads 4.175 in 106.0 mm I Knurled Swivel The electric valve actuator body is steel Nut Figure 2.2.3 Electric Valve Actuator construction with a brass knurled swivel nut and a stainless steel actuation pin that depresses the valve core when energized. It must be manually reset by pushing the pin up until it snaps in the "up" position. The electric valve actuator is shipped with a plastic threaded cap on its top port that should only be removed when installing the manual valve actuator. àWARNING Attaching the electric valve actuator to the cylinder valve when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the 'up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 ® FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 6PP99VFD LISTED LISTED 4OVE I I I I I I I mm) uit tion I [I L I 2.00 in 50.8 mm Figure 2.2.4 Manual Valve Actuator Emergency Release Button LI I I I I Page: 17 'FIRE SYSTEMS' Section 2 System Description and Components 2.2.3.1 Electric Valve Actuator wl Limit Switch DIN Connector with 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Hub P/N 99655 (See Figure 2.2.3. la) with 36"(gl4 mm) leads _____ An optional electric valve actuator with a factory installed limit switch is available. It operates between 20.4 and 26.4 VDC and consumes 500 mA (.5 Amps) at 24 \DC nominal with a maximum supervisory current of 30 mA (0.03 Amps). The limit switch contacts are normally closed when the actuator 3 in is not installed onto the cylinder valve. When the actuator is filly installed onto 1181mm the valve actuation connection at the top of the cylinder valve, the limit switch contacts open. YELLOW WIRE 1.620 in ORANGE WIRE YELLOW WIRE ORANGE WIRE k41 15mm ____ Figure 2.2.3.1a Electrical Valve __0 BLACK WIRE 0 WHITE WIRE Actuator wl Limit Switch SOLENOID COIL Figure 2.2.3.1b Electrical Valve Actuator wl Limit Switch Wiring Diagram Following system actuation, the actuation pin of the electrical valve actuator must be manually reset by pushing the pin up until it snaps in the "up" position. AWARNING Attaching the electric valve actuator to the cylinder valve when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the "up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and,or property damage. NOTE: NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition, requires that the removal of an electric actuator from the agent storage container discharge valve that it controls shall result in an audible and visual indication of system impairment at the system releasing control panel. 'This will become effective January 1, 2016. 2.2.4 Manual Valve Actuator P/N 17001 (See Figure 2.2.4) An optional manual valve actuator may be attached to the top of the electric valve actuator to provide a means to manually open the cylinder valve. (Note: The manual valve actuator cannot be attached directly to the cylinder valve.) I I FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC102 Revision F ULC 0L<9>Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPESVEU Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Page: 18 611ANIUS Section 2 System Description and Components - FIRE SYSTEMS* The manual valve actuator consists of a brass body, stainless steel actuation pin, and steel safety ring pin. To discharge the primary cylinder manually, the ring pin is removed and the emergency release button is depressed forcing the actuation pin in the electric valve actuator to depress the valve core of the cylinder valve. All other connected cylinders will then open pneumatically. The manual valve actuator is reset by puffing up on the palm button and inserting the ring pin. AWARNING MIA Attaching the manual valve actuator to the electric valve actuator when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. 2.2.5 Discharge Connection Fittings Fittings are used to connect the discharge outlet to its associated piping system in order to accommodate differences in size, outlet connection, and/or orientation between the discharge outlet and discharge piping. The fittings used vary according the Series valve. I I I I 2.2.5.1 Sv Series Fittings (supplied by installer) The fittings for the Sv Series discharge outlet are to be supplied by the installer. The suggested fitting arrangement is shown in Figure 2.2.5.1 and is used to extend the discharge outlet and facilitate the attachment of discharge piping. Elbow outlets may be oriented in any direction. Figure 2.2.5.1 Sv Series Fittings [:1 I I I I I I I 2.2.5.2 Mv Series Fittings (See Figure 2.2.5.2 for P/N) The fittings for the 1V1v Series discharge outlet consist of two 2 in (50 mm) grooved couplings, one 2 in (50 mm) grooved elbow, and one 2 in (50 mm) grooved to NPT adapter arranged as shown in Figure 2.2.5.2. Tese fittings extend the discharge outlet and allow for connection of 2 in (50 mm) NPT piping to the 2 in (50 mm) grooved outlet. Elbow outlets may be oriented in any direction. 2" Grooved 8.21 in ____________ to NPT Adapter - 209 mm (50 mm) P/N 18474 2" Grooved 2" Grooved \ Coupling [ Coupling (50 mm) (50 mm) PIN 18555 PIN 18555 Shipped with - Cylinder Valve jI as part of Anti- Recoil Safety Device 6.0 in 152 mm 2" Grooved Elbow (50 mm) PIN 18551 Figure 2.2.5.2 Mv Series Fittings I I I U I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPRDVE LISTED Revision F 4OYE I q-?M, N-us - FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 19 Section 2 System Description and Components 2.2.5.3 Lv Series Fittings 9.84 in 250 mm (See Figure 2.2.5.3 for PIN) 3" Grooved Coupling The fittings for the Lv Series (80 mm) PIN 18554 discharge outlet consist of one 3 In Shipped with Cylinder valve as pan of (80 mm) grooved coupling and one 3 Anti-Recoil Safety Device in (80 mm) grooved elbow arranged as shown in Figure 2.2.5.3. These 108 mm 4.25 in fittings extend the discharge outlet and facilitate the attachment of discharge piping. Elbow outlets may Elbow 3" Grooved be oriented in any direction. PIN 18550 Figure 2.2.5.3 Lv Series Fittings 2.3 Slave Arrangement Components 114" NPT Inlet Port The following components complete the set up of multiple cylinder arrangements. 2.3.1 Pneumatic Valve Actuator PIN 17019 (See Figure 2.3. 1) In multiple cylinder systems, a pneumatic valve actuator is attached to each slave cylinder at the valve actuation connection. It receives pressure from the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder through the pilot actuation line. When the electric valve actuator opens the primary cylinder, pressure from the primary cylinder causes each pneumatic valve actuator to open its attached cylinder pneumatically. Knurled Nut Figure 2.3.1 Pneumatic Valve Actuator 'The pneumatic valve actuator is brass with a brass piston and pin. To reset the pneumatic valve actuator, pressure must first be bled down from the pilot actuation line, and then the actuation pin must be pushed up until the pin snaps into the "up" position. A WARNING Attaching the pneumatic valve actuator to the cylinder valve when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the "up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102@J <9> Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F LISTED LISTED APPROM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Page: 20 *-MINUIS Section 2 System Description and Components RE SYSTEMS' 2.3.2 Vent Check P/N 10173 (See Figure 2.3.2) 1.11 in The vent check is a safety device with 1/4 in (8 mm) male 14.22 mm Q J 11111III11111J1 NPT threads that is to be installed in the pilot actuation line downstream of the pilot actuation check valve. It is used to bleed off pressure that may accumulate in the 0.75 in a.I 19.05 mm slave cylinder actuation piping, reducing the chance of Figure 2.3.2 Vent Check inadvertent operation of pneumatic valve actuators. A rapid accumulation of actuation pressure will cause the nylon ball located inside the vent check to seat and seal allowing the pneumatic valve actuators to operate as intended. After actuation, pressure must be bled down from the pilot actuation line in order to unseat this nylon ball. This can be done by loosening a fitting I I I I I I along the pilot actuation line. 2.3.3 Pilot Actuation Check Valve P/N 18560 (See Figure 2.3.3) A 1/4 in (8 mm) MNPT by 37° male JIC check valve is installed in the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder valve with direction of flow OUT of the valve. When the valve opens, pressure will be directed through the pilot actuation check valve to the pneumatic valve actuators on the slave cylinders. The purpose of the pilot actuation check valve is to ensure the pneumatic actuator(s) remain pressurized for the entire discharge period. 2.3.4 NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve P/N 10262 (See Figure 2.3.4) The NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve is recommended for pilot actuation line configurations utilizing copper tubing or two-side pilot actuation lines (refer to Sections 4.1.6.2 and 4.1.6.4) in place of the standard Pilot Actuation Check Valve. It is a 1/4 in (8 mm) FNPT by MNPT check valve. An adapter hex nipple (Sv Series P/N 18713; Mv and Lv Series P/N 19192) is required to facilitate the installation of the NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve into the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder valve with direction of flow OUT of the valve. 2.3.5 Pilot Actuation Adapter P/N 18624 (See Figure 2.3.5) A 3/8 in (10 mm) MNPT by 1/4 in (8 mm) FNPT brass pipe bushing is fitted into the pilot actuation port of the Sv Series primary cylinder to facilitate the attachment of the pilot actuation check valve. This component is not required on the 1\/Iv or Lv Series system. I I I I I I I I I I I I .-yyyyyy 2.50 in __ 63.5 mm Figure 2.3.3 Pilot Actuation Check Valve Juuh1 2.50 in __ 635 mm Figure 2.3.4 NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve L1 1LIJ 111• 0.938 in 38 nrn Figure 2.3.5 Pilot Actuation Adapter Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 6PPROVEO LISTED USIDU 40V6 40W Page: 21 Section 2 System Description and Components 2.3.6 Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee P/N 18622 (See Figure 2.3. 6) A 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° male JIC by MNPT brass branch tee is utilized to attach the pilot actuation line to the pneumatic valve actuator on all but the final slave cylinder. 2.3.7 Male NPT Adapter Figure 2.3.6 Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee P/N 18625 (See Figure 2.3.7) A 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° male JIC by MNPT adapter fits into the pilot actuation end line tee of the final slave cylinder to facilitate the attachment of the pilot actuation line. It also may be utilized to facilitate the attachment of flex hose to the discharge pressure switch and flex hose to the pilot actuation port. 01 1.42 in 36.1 mm Figure 2.3.7 Male NPT Adapter 2.3.8 Pilot Actuation End Line Tee P/N 18611 (See Figure 2.3.8) A 1/4 in (8 mm) FNPT by MNPT brass branch tee mounts to the final pneumatic valve actuator to facilitate attachment of the vent check to the pilot actuation line. 2.3.9 Flex Hose Refer to Table 2.3.9 for P/N (See Figure 2.3.9) Flex hoses are 3/16 in (7 mm) Teflon® lined stainless steel wire braided hoses of varying lengths with 1/4 in (8 mm) 37° female JIC flare fittings. They are utilized to interconnect cylinders when a slave arrangement is required. Flex hose can also be used to attach the discharge pressure switch to a manifold or pilot actuation port. Figure 2.3.8 Pilot Actuation End Line Tee Figure 2.3.9 Flex Hose Note: Flex hoses must be hydrostatically tested or replaced every 5 years in accordance with NFPA 2001 18648 16 in (406 mm) Sv - 40 lb. 80 lb. 130 lb 18649 24 in (610 mm) Mv - 250 lb. 420 lb 18650 34 in (864 mm) Lv-600 lb, 9001b 18651 40 in (1016 mm) Lv - 1000 lb FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Kt:::. Issued: 1 , 2009 Revision F uS1w LISTED ARMED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 I I Page: 22 'US Section 2 System Description and Components FtP ESY 2.4 Supplemental Components I The following components are either only required for specific types of Sv, Mv, and Lv Series FM20O® System arrangements or else may be utilized in different capacities or locations depending on the specific arrangement. 2.4.1 Manifold Check Valve P/N 18547 (Sv), 18546 (Mv), 18538 (Lv) (See Figure 2.4. la, 2.4. lb, and 2.4. ic) In a multiple cylinder arrangement where the slave and primary cylinders share a common manifold or in a connected main/reserve arrangement, a manifold check valve must be placed between the discharge outlet and the discharge manifold. The manifold check valve prevents back flow from the manifold should the system be inadvertently discharged when one or more cylinders are disconnected for weighing or servicing. The check valve required depends on the Series type of the system. The Sv Series check valve has 1 1/4 in (32 mm) NPT connections, the Mv Series has 2 in (50 mm) NPT connections, and the Lv Series has 3 in (80 mm) grooved connections. Figure 2.4.1a Figure 2.4.1b Figure 2.4.1c Lv Manifold Check Valve Mv Manifold Check Valve Sv Manifold Check Valve I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 AFPUVEa LIVED Revision F 4OVE I I I I I I 0i M-U Page: 23 Section 2 System Description and Components 2.4.2 Discharge Pressure Switch P/N 18773 (See Figure 2.4.2) A discharge pressure switch is used in the system to send a signal confirming agent discharge to the control panel or to initiate the shut down of equipment that may deplete agent concentration. It is a single pole, double throw (SPDT) switch with contacts rated 10 Amps resistive a: 30 VDC. The discharge pressure switch shall be required where mechanical system actuation is possible, though its placement varies according to the individual system arrangement. 2.875 in 73.0 mm rir SLPPC50.\ P(S5U9E OPR2j SWC:fr lNStR'JC llO\3. I S*OI Ifl C'JII nhItM.ear, .Ptø WOI mw 2 m 'm. elm M.T. 'mr 10 41mm, coIns lrTT 5FiJ o.W If 0041 440 ® rg nroe r'/u 44W (C S wt 2; $crAD * T VP ml41v .l 20 Ti I- 3.375 in 85.7 mm 3/16 (4.76 mm) Mounting Hole 1.56 in 39.6 mm (15 mm) lull Entry FNPT Pipe Connection Figure 2.4.2 Discharge Pressure Switch FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC1O2 Revision F ® <&> Issued. February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Page: 24 0 * NIUS; Section 2 System Description and Components `ftPLE SYSTEMS' 2.4.3 Discharge Manifold (supplied by installer) A discharge manifold may be used in a multiple cylinder system to direct the flow of agent from two or more cylinders into a common pipe. Manifolds are to be supplied by the installer and may be constructed out of threaded or welded pipe and fittings. When two or more cylinders are grouped together with a common manifold, they must be of the same size and fill. A manifolded cylinder arrangement must be fitted with a manifold check valve. Suggested manifold dimensions and arrangements are shown in Figure 2.4.3a, 2.4.3b, 2.4.3c, 2.4.3d, and 2.4.3e. Actual manifold size and dimensions must comply with hydraulic flow calculations derived from the Janus Design Suite® software. I I I I I I I 2(50mm) NPT Pipe Cap \ 1/4(8 mm) SQ. HO. Pipe Plug 1-1/4" (32 mm) FNPT Cylinder Connection I 2" (50 mm) MNPT Outlet I l 14" (356 mm) 36-1/4" (921 mm) 2" (50 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 3-1/2" 3.9 mm) I I 2" (50 mm) NPT Pipe Cap \ 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug 1-1/4" (32 mm) FNPT Cylinder Connection 2" (50 mm) MNPT Outlet \ n/ I I 14" (356 mm) 50-1/4" (1276 mm) 2" (50 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 14" I 3-1/2" (356 mm) H88.9 mm) Figure 2.4.3a Suggested Manifold Configurations for 40, 80, and 130 lb Cylinders Document # 00C102 Issued. February 1, 2009 FM.2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APpQVD LISTED usm 40YE I [1 mr-Us Page: 25 FIRE SYSTEMS Section 2 System Description and Components 3" (80 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 2" (50 mm) FNPT (Typ. 2 Places) 16-1/8" Cylinder Connection (409 mm) 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug (Typ. 2 Places) 6" (508 mm) (508 mm) (152 mm) 52" (1321 mm) 3" (80 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 3" (80 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 2" (50 mm) FNPT Cylinder Connection 3" (80 mm) 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug MNPT Outlet 20" (508 mm) 32" (813 mm) 3" (80 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HO. Pipe Plug 4(100mm) NPT Pipe Cap 'I 6" (152 mm) 2" (50 mm) FNPT 4" (100 mm) Cylinder Connection Grooved Outlet 20" 20" (508 mm.) B (508 mm) 52" (1321 mm) 4(100mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 6" (152 mm) Figure 2.4.3b Suggested Manifold Configurations for 250 and 420 lb Cylinders FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & Document # DOC102 SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPEOtSO Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I I I I I I 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HO. Pipe Plug \ 4" (100 mm) NPT Pipe Cap Page: 26 Section 2 System Description and Components 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug 4" (100 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 28" 6" (711 mm) (152 mm) 40" (1016 mm) 4(100mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 3" (80 mm) Grooved Cylinder Connection 3" (80 mm) Grooved Cylinder Connection 011ANUS TtKE SYSTEMS 4" (100 mm) Grooved Outlet I I I 4" (100 mm) Grooved Outlet 28" I 28" I 6" (711 mm) (711 mm) I (152 mm) 0 ____________________ 68" (1727 mm) 4" (100 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe Figure 2.4.3c Suggested Manifold Configurations for 600 and 900 lb Cylinders 6" (150 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 3" (80 mm) Grooved \ Cylinder Connection 1/4(8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug 6" (150 mm) I Grooved Outlet m) + ' ( 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug (711m 152 mm) (1016 mm) 6" (150 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 6" (150 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 3" (80 mm) Grooved \ I Cylinder Connection 6" (150 mm) Grooved Outlet 28" 28" 6" (711 mm) (711 mm) (152 mm) _________________________ 68" (1727 mm) 6" (150 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe Figure 2.4.3d Suggested Manifold Configurations for 900 lb Cylinders Document # DOC102 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPRUVEU LISTED uSTEfi 4OYE Page: 27 -FI RE SYSTEMS' Section 2 System Description and Components 6" (150 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 1/4(8 mm) SQ. HO. Pipe Plug 3" (80 mm) Grocved N / Cylinder Connection 6" (150 mm) Grooved Outlet - 6" (864 mm) (152 mm) 46" (1168 mm) p 6" (150 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe 1/4" (8 mm) SQ. HD. Pipe Plug 6" (150 mm) 6 (150 mm) NPT Pipe Cap 3" (80 mm) Grooved Grooved Outlet Connection Cylinder 34" I 34" I 6" - II (864 mm) (864 mm) (152 mm) 80" (2032 mm) 6" (150 mm) Sched. 40 Pipe Figure 2.4.3e Suggested Manifold Configurations for 1000 lb Cylinders FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPR90 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I I I I I I I I 1 QJAMUS FIRE SYsTEMS* 2.4.4 Pressure Release Trip P/N 20239 (See Figure 2.4.4) The pressure release trip can be used to release dampers, close fire doors, windows, louvres, fuel supply valves, to open dump valves, etc., automatically when the system discharges. `[he equipment to be operated must be weight or spring loaded, or be pivoted off center.The release trip is connected to the carbon dioxide discharge piping for operation when the system discharges. A cable from the equipment to be controlled is looped over the pressure release operating stem. When the trip is operated, the stem retracts and the cable is released. The maximum load that can be hung on the piston stem is 35 lbs (15.88 kg). 2.4.5 Discharge Indicator P/N 20238 (See Figure 2.4.5) The Janus Fire Systems® Discharge Indicator acts as a nonelectrical visual indicator of system actuation. It is actuated through discharge pressure and remains in the upright (discharged) position until manually reset. I Upon system actuation, pressure within the discharge piping enters the discharge indicator, actuating the internal plunger. This forces the external indication stem into the upright (discharged) I position. The stem and plunger remain in the upright position until the discharge indicator is manually reset by depressing the indication stem into the down (standby) position. I Page: 28 Section 2 System Description and Components Figure 2.4.4 Pressure Release Trip Figure 2.4.5 Discharge Indicator Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM.2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APP190 LISTED LISTED 4055 f I Page: 29 1IRE Section 2 System Description and Components 2.5 Selector Valve Components (See Figure 2.5) Multiple hazards can often be protected with a common set of cylinders by using selector valves. Selector valves components are required in these specific cylinder arrangements that utilize selector valves to allow the protection of multiple hazards or hazard zones by one set of FM2OO® cylinders. 'There are typically two types of selector valve arrangements utilized for multiple hazard protection with a common set of agent cylinders. TYPE A - The Type A arrangement consists of the selector valves mounted directly on the cylinder manifold. This arrangement does not require pipe modeling or performing a selector valve manifold calculation. However, the free ends of the manifold cannot exceed half width of the agent cylinder when installed using this arrangement. Refer to Figure 2.5a. Discharge Relief Valve Discharge Discharge 125 psi Pressure Pressure (P/N 19316) Switch Switch (PIN 18773) (P/N 18773) Discharge Relief Valve 450 Psi (PIN 19317) Required ekes Optional Lockout Valve installed NOTE: The free ends of the manifold (marked A and B on the diagram) cannot exceed half the width of the agent cylinder. Primary Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 2,5a Selector Valve Arrangement - TYPE A FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ® <9> Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APP1190 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE I i Page: 30 GrIANUS U Section 2 System Description and Components 'LRE sysis TYPE B - The Type B arrangement consists of a selector valve manifold located downstream of an end-feed cylinder manifold. This arrangement requires pipe modeling and for a selector valve manifold I calculation to be performed. Manifold must be designed and installed in accordance with the calculations determined using the Janus Design Suite® flow calculation software and the limitations detailed in the Janus Design Suite® FM-200 Flow Calculation Manual (DOC106). Refer to Figure 2.5b. Minimum distance of 10 pipe diameters between center points of last cylinder outlet and first Discharge selector valve Relief Valve 125 psi (P/N 19316i Discharge Pressure Switch (P/N 18773) Selector Valve Selector Valve (LARGEST (SMALLEST VALVE MUSTBE VALVE MUST BE PLACED FIRST) PLACED LAS?) TO ZONE 1 _[ TO ZONE 2 /,T~44~A DISCHARGE ISCHARGE NOZZLES NOZZLES -ri Discharge Relief Valve 450 psi (P/N 19317) 4 CYLINDER MANIFOLD Ii Regulator (P/N 19170) / Discharge Relief Valve 450 psi I (P/N 19317) Required ckoulValve when Optional Lockout Valve IvstaIled w/ Limit Optional I SELECTOR VALVE MANIFOLD NOTE: The cylinder manifold used in selector valve system must be an end-feed or side-teed type manifold connected to the selector valve manifold. Primary Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 2.5b Selector Valve Arrangement - TYPE B Document # DOC1O2 Issued: February 1, 2009 c FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPVEU LISTED LISTED 4OVE MWS "FIRE SYSTEM Page: 31 Section 2 System Description and Components 2.5.1 Selector Valves Selector valves are operated by pressure from the discharge manifold during agent discharge. The pressure is regulated down to 100 psi (6.89 bar) and enters the selector valve pneumatic actuation port upon passing through the valve solenoid. Janus Fire Systems® FM200® selector valves are available as 1/2 in (15 mm) through 2 in (50 mm) pneumatically actuated ball valves or 3 in (80 mm) through 8 in (200 mm) pneumatically actuated wafer valves. Optional explosion-proof position indicator switch and lockout with proximity switch are available. Refer to Appendix C for part numbers and ordering information. Figure 2.5.1a Selector Valve C Figure 2.5.1b Pneumatically Actuated Ball Valve Dimensions 1/2 15 2.59 66 6.73 171 5.53 140 2.06 52 2.77 69 3/4 20 3.01 76 7.17 182 6.24 158 2.25 57 3.27 83 1 25 3.69 94 - 7.46 189 6.24 158 2.59 66 3.27 83 1-1/2 40 4.58 116 10.56 268 9.74 247 3.33 85 4.19 106 2 50 5.11 130 11.22 285 10.57 268 3.66 93 4.84 123 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC102 Revision F Ij J Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED ®j5fl1J Revised: 11-Nov-2011 WE Figure 2.5.1.1 Valve Solenoid Page: 32 Section 2 System Description and Components ANU FIRE SYSTEMS C A Number of Holes = G Thread Size Thru = H I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I Figure 2.5.1c Series 830 Pneumatically Actuated Wafer Valve 3 80 18.39 467 4.75 121 8.13 207 6.63 168 1.94 49 8 3/4-10 4 100 21.00 533 5.25 133 9.38 238 7.88 200 2.13 54 8 3/4-10 6 150 25.44 646 6.88 175 12.13 308 10.63 270 2.31 59 12 3/4-10 8 200 32.10 815 8.38 213 15.00 381 13.00 330 2.88 73 12 7/8-9 2.5.1.1 Valve Solenoid Refer to Table 2.5.1.1 for PIN (See Figure 2.5.1.1) A solenoid is fitted to the selector valves at the pneumatic actuation port to prevent pilot pressure from actuating the valve until receiving a signal from the fire control panel. The solenoid has a NEMA 4 enclosure with a 1/4 in (8 mm) inlet and 1/8 in (6 mm) exhaust. The solenoid has a standard voltage of 24 VDC or an optional voltage of 120 VAC 60 Hz (110/50). Additional voltages such as 240 VAC 60 Hz and 12 VDC are available. It consumes 6,9 watts AC and 6.3 watts DC. ___ - Table 2.5.1.1 - Valve Solenoids Jh Solenoid Type 99807 24 VDC, Weatherproof 99806 120 VAC, Weatherproof 99769 , 24 VDC, Weatherproof, Explosion-Proof 99768 120 VAC, Weatherproof, Explosion-Proof Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 ® FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPOVEO LISTED LISTED 40V5 .iI,IU 10.57 268 13.58 345 17.22 437 21.38 543 ,i14 kT11 Page: 33 SYSTEMS' Section 2 System Description and Components 2.5.1.2 Manual Lockout Refer to Table 2.5.1.2 for P/N (See Figure 2.5.1.2) An optional lockout may be placed on the pneumatically actuated valves to prevent accidental actuation. These lockouts use proximity switches to provide electronic verification that each lockout is in the correct position. The proximity switches have NEMA 4, 4x, and 6 enclosures with 1/2 in (15 mm) FNPT conduit connections. The switch has normally open contacts rated 0.3 Amp at 8 to 125 \TDC or 24 to 125 VAC. 99455 Proximity Switch 99454 Manual Lockout, 1/2" - 2" Valves 99453 Manual Lockout, 3" - 4" Valves 99452 Manual Lockout, 6" - 8" Valves 1 Figure 2.5.1.2 Manual Lockout I I I I I 2.5.1.3 Position Indicator Switch PIN 99456 (See Figure 2.5. 1.3) An optional explosion-proof/weatherproof position indicator switch may be mounted on the top of the pneumatic valve actuator to provide visual and/ or electronic confirmation of whether the valve is in open or closed position. It has a green "open" indicator and a red "closed" indicator. The switch has a NEMA 4,4x, and 6 enclosure with one (1) 3/4 in (20 mm) NPT and one (1) 1/2 in (15 mm) conduit connection. The switch is double pull double throw with contacts rated 10 Amps at 125/250 VAC and 0.5 Amp at 125 VDC. 2.5.2 Lockout Valves Lockout valves are used any place in the FM200® system where manual isolation of pipe is required. Janus Fire Systems® FM200® lockout valves are available as 1/2 in (15 mm) through 2 in (50 mm) manually actuated ball valves or 3 in (80 mm) through 8 in (200 mm) manually actuated wafer valve. Optional stem extension and explosion-proof limit switch are available. Refer to Appendix D for part numbers and ordering information. Figure 2.5.1.3. Position Indicator Switch I Figure 2.5.2a Lockout Valve I I FM-200@ OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC1O2J zzjj:::::. Issued: February 1, 2009 %Revision F LISTED LISTED APPIIITTU Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Figure 2.5.2b Manually Actuated Ball Valve Dimensions Page: 34 Section 2 System Description and Components *IANUS FIRE SYSTEMS' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 112 15 - 1.29 33 - 2.59 66 2.36 60 2.06 52 5.00 127 3/4 20 1.50 38 3.01 76, 2.52 64 2.25 57 5.00 127 1 25 1.85 47 3.69 94 3.29 84 2.59 66 7.50 191 1-1/2 40 2.29 58 4.58 116 4.27 108 3.33 85 8.25 210 2 50 2.55 65 5.11 130 4.46 113 3.66 93 8.25 210 Figure 2.5.2c Series 830 Manually Actuated Wafer Valve Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APP0VO LISTED uSTW 4OYE FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Figure 2.5.2.1 Limit Switch 1/2" (15 mm) FNPT Inlet 1/2" (15 mm) FNPT Outlet Figure 2.5.3 Pilot Line Regulator [1 (AU;S -'FIRE SVSTtttS' Page: 35 Section 2 System Description and Components MMMMMMMM 3 80 12.44 316 4.75 121 8.13 207 6.63 168 11.00 279 1.94 49 8 3/4-10 4 100 13.44 341 5.25 133 9.38 238 7.88 200 11.00 279 2.13 54 8 3/4.10 6 150 16.25 413 6.88 175 12.13 308 10.63 270 22.00 279 2.31 59 12 3/4-10 8 200 19.50 495 8.38 213 15.00 381 13.00 330 22.00 279 2.88 73 12 7/8-9 2.5.2.1 Limit Switch P/N 99456 (See Figure 2.5.2.1) An optional explosion-proof limit switch may be placed on the manually actuated valves to provide electronic confirmation that the valves are in proper position. The limit switch has a NEMA 4, 4x, and 6 enclosure with one (1) 3/4 in (20 mm) NPT and one (1) 1/2 in (15 mm) conduit connection. The switch is double pull double throw with contacts rated 10 Amps at 125/250 VAC and 0.5 Amp at 125 VDC. 2.5.3 Pilot Line Regulator P/N 19170 (See Figure 2.5.3) .A polyamide and aluminum gas regulator is placed between the discharge manifold and selector valves to reduce the pressure into selector valve actuation ports. It has a 1/2 in (15 mm) FNPT inlet and outlet with a maximum inlet pressure of 450 psig (31 bar) and an outlet range of 50 to 135 psig (3.4 to 9.3 bar). It is normally set to 100 psi (6.89 bar). The regulator has a standalone ambient temperature range of -20° to 130°F (-29° to 54°C) and a Cv of 3.6. A pressure gauge (0-160 psig P/N 19171) is attached to the regulator to allow visual monitoring of outlet pressure. A 1 in (25 mm) regulator is available (P/N 19513). 2.5.4 Discharge Relief Valve P/N 19317 (See Figure 2.5.4) A discharge relief valve must be installed in the discharge piping at any point where pipe may be closed off between a lock-out valve and a selector valve. Each relief valve has a 0.062 in (40 mm') orifice area and is set to open should line pressure exceed 450 psi (31.0 bar). Each relief valve has a brass body with a stainless steel spring and a standalone ambient temperature range of -320°F to 165°F (-196°C to 74°C). I I I 1/2" (15 mm) FNPT Outlet - ""4 1/2" (15 mm) MNPT Inlet Figure 2.5.4 Discharge Relief Valve Document # 00C102 Revision F FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL @ ® Kj: Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED tppnvto Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I I Page: 36 Section 2 System Description and Components 011AMU'lls FIRE SYSTEMS' 1 2.6 Discharge Nozzles (See Figure 2.6) Discharge nozzles are used to disperse the FM_200® agent. Available in brass or stainless steel, the nozzles are performance tested to ensure that the agent is properly distributed throughout the protected area (Brass nozzles are UL Listed and FM Approved. Stainless steel nozzles are UL Listed; FM Approval pending). Discharge nozzles are available with three separate port arrangements to accommodate placement in varying locations around a room or enclosure: 90° (1 port) corner nozzles, 180° (2 port) sidewall nozzles, and 360° (4 port) radial nozzles. Each nozzle is stamped with the nozzle part number and orifice diameter. Side Cut View Top View 360° Radial Nozzle (4 Port) 1800 Sidewall Nozzle (2 Port) 90° Corner Nozzle (1 Port) Figure 2.6 Discharge Nozzle Configurations 18507 18500 18493 18796 18789 18782 3/81n(10mm) 1.436 36.5 1.125 28.57 1.30 33.02 18508 18501 18494 18797 18790 18783 1/2 in (15 mm) 1.722 43.7 1.250 37.75 1.44 36.58 18509 18502 18495 18798 18791 18784 3/4in(20mm) 1.926 48.9 1.500 38.10 1.73 43.94 18510 18503 18496 18799 18792 18785 1 in (25 mm) 2.176 55.3 1.750 44.45 2.02 51.31 18511 18504 18497 18800 18793 18786 11/4 in (32 mm) 2.500 63.5 2.250 57.15 2.60 66.04 18512 18505 18498 18801 18794 18787 1 1/2 in (40 mm) 2.689 68.3 2.250 57.15 2.60 66.04 18513 18506 18499 18802 18795 18788 2 i (50 mm) 3.100 78.7 3.000 76.20 3.46 87.88 Ordering Instructions: Specify the Nozzle PIN followed by a dash and the three digits representative of the drill code as provided by the Janus Design Suite® software. Example: 18507XXX = Nozzle: 3600, 3/8" (10 mm), Brass (with drill code as specified) Document # D0C102 Issued. February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPOVEiJ LISTED LISTED Revision F 40V5 61? Page: 37 FIRE SYSTEMS Section 3 System Design 3 SYSTEM DESIGN 'this section lists the methods and guidelines necessary to properly design an engineered Janus Fire Systems® FM-200® Fire Extinguishing System. Note: Janus Fire System® Fire Extinguishing Systems are designed, mar.ufactured, installed and UL listed and FM approved to deliver a designated quantity of FM200® in a 'not to exceed" 10 second discharge time. The 'Duration of Protection (Hold Time)" as referenced in NFPA 2001, 2012 edition is a function of the hazard enclosure's (room) integrity and not a function (or capability) of the fire suppression systems referenced in this publication. 3.1 Hazard Analysis The first step in designing an engineered FM200® total flooding system is to identify the unique requirements of the area to be protected. 3.1.1 Fuel Source The design specifications for the FM_200® system are dependent on the hazard type, so it is first necessary to identify the type of hazard to be protected. Hazard type is classified according to the combustible materials found in an area and may be considered Class A (wood, paper, cloth, rubber, and many plastics), Class B (flammable liquids and flammable gases), Class C (energized electrical equipment), or any combination of the three. NFPA 2001 (2012 edition) requires the minimum design concentration for a Class .A surface fire to be equal to 6.7% (7% for FM Approved systems), the minimum extinguishing concentration of heptane. The minimum design concentration for a Class B fire depends on the extinguishing concentration for the specific fuel type found in the hazard plus a 30% safety factor. The minimum design concentrations for particular fuels based upon their cup burner extinguishing concentration are listed in Tables 3.1.1a and 3.1.1b in Appendix B. The minimum design concentration for a Class C fire shall be 7.0% (7.8% for FM Approved systems), which is equal to the extinguishing concentration of Class A fuels times a safety factor of 1.35, in accordance with NFPA 2001 (2012 edition). FM_200® design concentrations should be calculated according to the lowest expected ambient temperature within the protected area. When calculating the concentration levels for normally occupied spaces, the design concentration for FM200® must not exceed the NOAEL (No Observed Adverse Effect Level) of 9% at the highest expected ambient temperature as stated in NFPA 2001. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPRQVt Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40ff 1 ' Page: 38 'Jj Section 3 System Design FEP.E SYSTEMS 3.1.2 Hazard Dimensions Once the minimum design concentration is determined, the volume for the protected area must be calculated. Volume is determined by multiplying the area's length by its width by its height (Volume = 1 x w x h). The space below a raised floor (underfloor) must be included in the system design unless it is sealed from the room above. Separate nozzles are required for the underfloor and discharge should occur from both the room and underfloor nozzles simultaneously. All rooms located above a common unsealed underfloor must be protected by simultaneously operated systems to ensure minimum design concentration is reached. If only the space under the raised floor is to be protected by a total flooding system, and it has openings between the space above and under the raised floor (including perforated floor tiles) then FM200® should not be used, in accordance with NFPA 2001 (2012 edition). If not shut down or closed automatically, the volume of the self-contained recirculating dampered ventilation systems ducts and components mounted below the ceiling height of the protected space must be considered as part of the total hazard volume when determining the quantity of agent. 3.1.3 Hazard integrity If a protected hazard is not sufficiently sealed, agent leakage may occur. Leakage of FM200® may prevent the required concentration levels from being reached or maintained for the entire holding period, making it difficult for the FM200® to extinguish the source of ignition. When a room opening does exist, adding more agent within a room to counter leakage may actually increase the rate of loss due to an increase in pressure created by the additional agent. Doors should be checked for tightness. Weather stripping, seals, and door sweeps should be installed to minimize leakage. Any door required to remain open must be closed automatically prior to the discharge of the FM-200® agent. Walls should be inspected for openings that could result in agent leakage. Openings or penetrations for cables or ducts should be permanently sealed. Joints Where walls contact floors, other walls, and ceilings should be caulked or otherwise sealed. Caulking materials should be chosen based upon their elasticity and fire rating. Ductwork leading into or out of the hazard area must contain dampers with airtight seals. Shut down is recommended for any recirculating air handling units prior to discharge. Mechanical air handlers can contribute to agent loss. Floor drains in the protected space or underfloor must have traps with automatic primers or environmentally acceptable seals to preclude the loss of agent through an open trap. A room integrity test must be performed to confirm any potential sources of leakage. NFPA 2001 contains an outline for such testing. Note: Janus Fire System® Fire Extinguishing Systems are designed, manufactured, installed and UL listed and FM approved to deliver a designated quantity of FM200® in a "not to exceed" 10 second discharge time. The "Duration of Protection (Hold Time)" as referenced in NFPA 2001, 2012 edition is a function of the hazard enclosure's (room) integrity and not a function (or capability) of the fire suppression systems referenced in this publication. Document #DOC1O2 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009<9>Ut ULC Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPS90 LISTED USl 4OVE FIR.E SYSTEMS' 3.1.4 Hazard Altitude FM2O0® expands to a greater specific vapor at elevations above sea level. Higher altitudes require less agent to achieve design concentration. Altitude differences can be corrected for using the correction factors listed in Table 3.1.4. 3.2 Agent Requirement Once the requirements and dimensions of the hazard are determined, they can be used to calculate the required amount of FM-200 agent. FM_200® quantities are classified according to storage weight. There are two methods to calculate the required weight. Either the volume of the protected area can be multiplied by an agent factor listed in Tables 3.2a or 3.2b (See Appendix B for factors and design worksheet) or the following formula can be used: Page: 39 Section 3 System Design -3,000 -914 16.25 840 1.11 -2,000 -610 15.71 812 1.07 -1,000 -305 15.23 787 1.04 0 0 14.71 760 1.00 1,000 305 14.18 733 0.96 2,000 610 13.64 705 0.93 3,000 914 13.12 678 0.89 4,000 1219 12.58 650 0.86 5,000 1524 12.04 622 0.82 6,000 1829 11.53 596 0.78 7,000 2134 11.03 570 0.75 8,000 2438 10.64 550 0.72 9,000 2743 10.22 528 0.69 10,000 3048 9.77 505 0.66 US Standard W = Agent weight in pounds - v c ) V = Hazard volume in cubic feet S 100-C C = FM-2000 design concentration, percent by volume s = FM-2000 specific vapor in cubic feet/pounds s= 1.885 + (0.0046 x t) = minimum room temperature in OF Example A: Our room has a volume of 16,250 ft, our ambient temperature is 70°F, and our design concentration is 6.7% (UL). Using the first method, we consult Table 3.2a and find our agent factor is 0.0325. Now we multiply our volume by this factor to determine the agent weight. 16,250 ft3 X 0.0325 lbs/ft3 = 528.13 lbs Example B: Using the second method for the same situation, we would use the formula as follows s = 1.885 + (0.0046 x 70) = 2.207 16250 ( 6.7 W = 2.207 100-6.7 ) = 528.74 lbs Agent weights are always rounded up to the nearest whole pound for filling. For both Example A and Example B this would be 529 lbs. FM-200® Document # DOC102 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED AMSVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 I 40n I I Page: 40 JAN -S Section 3 System Design FIPE SYSTEMS I Metric 1 w = Agent weight in kilograms - v ( c V = Hazard volume in cubic meters I s \ 100-C J = FM-2000 design concentration percent by volume s = FM-2000 specific vapor in cubic meters/kilograms s = 0.1269 + (0.0005 x t) I t = minimum room temperature in °C ExampleA: Our room has a volume of 500 m3, our ambient temperature is 20C, and our design concentration is 6.7% (UL). Using the first method, we consult Table 3.2b and find our agent factor is 0.5230. Now we I multiply our volume by this factor to determine the agent weight. 500 m3 X 0.5230 kg/m3 = 261.5 kg Example B: Using the second method for the same situation, we would use the formula as follows: s = 0.1269 + (0.0005 x 20) = 0.1369 I W= 500 1 6.7 \ 262.3 kg 01369 '\100-6.7 )= I An agent weight calculated using metric measurements must be converted to pounds and rounded up to the nearest pound for ordering purposes using the conversion factors found in Table B.2a of Appendix B. I A check should be made using either method to ensure that the maximum NOAEL level of 9% of FM- 200® is not exceeded based upon the highest expected ambient temperature of the protected area. 3.3 Number of Cylinders - Once the necessary quantity of agent has been calculated, the size and number of cylinders required can I be determined. Refer to table 2.1 for a list of available cylinder sizes and capacities. If the required weight exceeds the fill capacity of one cylinder, multiple cylinders must be used. When two or more cylinders are grouped together with a common manifold, they must be of the same size and fill. A manifolded cylinder arrangement must be fitted with a manifold check valve. I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Page: 41 F!RE SYSTEMS* Section 3 System Design 3.4 Cylinder Location The cylinder(s) should be located in a climate controlled area that is relatively clean, dry, accessible, and vibration-free. Avoid high traffic areas or other areas where physical damage or tampering is more likely. The cylinder(s) should not be located where they could be exposed to splashing or submersion in any liquid. A CAUTION Flow calculations have been verified at an ambient temperature of 70°F (21.1°C). Storage outside of the range of 70°F ±100 (21.1°C ±5.5°) may result in inaccurate flow calculations and cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the designed quantity of FM-2000. The cylinder(s) should optimally be placed outside the protected area in a location that permits convenient access for inspection, maintenance, and removal. Placement inside the protected area is acceptable if the cylinder(s) are not exposed to fire or excessive heat that could impair system operation. The primary cylinder is fitted with a manual valve actuator for emergency manual release of the FM_200® agent. The cylinder must be placed so that the emergency release button is readily accessible to ensure operation in emergency situations. A CAUTION The cylinder assembly must be mounted in a vertical position so its valve assembly is located at the top of the cylinder. All cylinders for a single hazard must be stored at the same temperature. The cylinder(s) should be mounted to wall frames or columns capable of rigidly supporting the cylinder bracket by bolting or welding and oriented so that the pressure gauge faces out. The cylinder must rest on a surface capable of supporting the combined weight of the cylinder and agent. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APNIOVEU Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40VE I I Page: 42 GJAN V 1 ! Section 3 System Design FIP.E SYSTEMS* 3.5 Nozzle Determination I The placement, arrangement, and selection of discharge nozzles should be considered according to the hazard configuration and the coverage of each nozzle. Nozzles are designed for 90° (corner), 1800 (sidewall), and 3600 (radial) orientation. The 900 corner nozzle can cover a maximum area of 32 ft x 32 ft (9.75 m 9.75 m) for a total of 1024 ft' (95.1 m2). The centerline of a 90° corner nozzle must be located within 12 in (305 mm) of each adjacent wall (see figure 3.5a). A single corner nozzle may be used to protect a room of less total area than 1024 ft' (95.1 m2) provided the nozzle is not more than 45.25 ft (13.79 m) from the farthest point of the hazard it is intended to protect. Refer to Table 3.5a in Appendix E for alternate spacing options. The nozzle should typically be oriented so that the orifice is aimed at the diagonally opposing corner (farthest point). The 1800 sidewall nozzle can cover a maximum area of 64 ft x 32 ft (19.5 m x 9.75 m) for a total of 2048 ft2 (190.2 m2). The centerline of a 180° nozzle must be located within 12 in (305 mm) off the back wall. A single sidewall nozzle may be used to protect a room of less total area than 2048 ft' (190.3 m2) provided the nozzle is not more than 45.25 ft (13.79 m) from the farthest point it is intended to protect. Refer to Table 3.5b in Appendix E for alternate spacing options. The nozzle should typically be oriented so that the point on the nozzle face that is halfway between its orifices is perpendicular to the adjacent wall. 37 L9.75 M1 T'\ 4525Fr [1179M) 37 MAXIMUM .75P.I lO5nwnj MAXIMUM 1?[305mm1 MAXIMUM Figure 3.5a 90° Corner Nozzle Maximum Coverage Area 64• (19$MI Figure 3.5b 180° Sidewall Nozzle Maximum Coverage Area I I I 11915M The 360° radial nozzle can cover an area that is up to 64 ft x 64 ft (19.5 m 19.5 m) for a total of 4096 ft' (380.5 MI). The centerline of a 360° nozzle cannot be more than 45.25 ft (13.79 m) from the farthest point it is intended to protect. The nozzle must be oriented so that each orifice is at an angle of 45° from an imaginary line drawn through its center and running perpendicular to each wall as shown in Figure 3.5c. Figure 3.5c 360° Radial Nozzle Maximum Coverage Area Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 AppVij LISTED USTES 4CYE JANI 'FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 43 Section 3 System Design All nozzles: Discharge nozzles must be located at or near the ceiling with the centerline of the orifices no more than 4 ft (1.2 m) below the ceiling. The maximum height for a single tier of nozzles is 16 ft (4.88 m) from floor to ceiling. For ceiling heights greater than 16 ft (4.88 m), additional tiers may be installed so that the maximum distance between the floor and lowest row does not exceed 16 ft (4.88 m) and the maximum distance between rows does not exceed 16 ft (4.88 m). Each nozzle must be positioned vertically, installed either on the bottom or top of a vertical pipe section and should be placed as close to the cylinders as possible to minimize system piping. 'The ceiling tiles around each nozzle must be clipped to hold them in place during a discharge and to prevent damage. A CAUTION NFPA 2001 mandates that agent shall not directly impinge on areas where personnel could be found in the normal work area and that agent shall not directly impinge on loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops, or similar surfaces where loose objects could be present and become airborne during discharge. Underiloors: The coverage and limitations for a nozzle protecting an underfloor are identical to those stated above. In addition, the minimum height of an underfloor that may be protected is 12 in (305 mm). The density of equipment present in a protected underfloor effects the coverage capability of a nozzle. In most circumstances, when horizontal line of sight in the underfloor is more than 70% obstructed, reduce the maximum coverage distance for each nozzle by 50%. Otherwise, use the maximum coverage calculations. 3.6 Pipe Determination Pipe sizes must be determined using the Janus Design Suite® flow calculation software. Table 3.6 may be referenced for the purposes of estimation. The actual diameters may vary due to distance or software optimization. 3/8(10) .775 .352 .465 .211 1/2(15) 1.29 .585 .774 .351 3/4(20) 2.27 1.03 1.36 .617 1(25) 3.65 1.65 2.19 .993 11/4 (32) 6.34 2.88 3.80 1.72 1 1/2(40) 8.73 3.96 5.24 2.38 2 (50) 14.91 6.76 8.95 4.06 21/2(65) 22.03 9.99 13.22 6.00 3 (80) 35.67 16.18 21.40 9.71 4 (100) 64.64 29.32 38.78 14.63 6 (150) 143.27 64.99 85.96 39.00 Flow calculations have been verified at an ambient temperature of 70°F (21.1°C). Storage outside of the range of 70°F ±100 (21.1°C ±550) may result in inaccurate flow calculations and cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the designed quantity of FM-2000. Flow calculations have been verified for specific types of fittings, pipe and pipe ID. Failure to maintain the verified limitations as stated in the Janus Design Suite® Flow Calculation Software Manual may result in inaccurate flow calculations and cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the designed quantity of FM-2000. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ® <g> Issued: February 1, 2009 usiio LISTED APflVIfl Revised: 11-Nov.2011 40VE H Page: 44 IJ AMJ'S Section 3 System Design SYSTEMS A CAUTION The outlets of a tee branch must be on the same horizontal plane or an imbalance will result from the gravitational effects of the liquid and vapor separation and may cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the designed concentration of FM-2000. OUT OUT OUT IN> IN Th _ OUT IN OUT OUT 3.6.1 Elevation Changes Any elevation differences between outlet tees exceeding 30 ft (9.1 m) are beyond the limitations set forth by the Underwriters Laboratories. Although sound engineering theory is used to predict pressure changes due to elevation, actual testing has not been performed outside of this range. Should this distance be exceeded, consideration should be given to rerouting piping to reduce elevation differences. If nozzles are located above the discharge outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between the discharge outlet and the highest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is highest) shall not exceed 30 feet (9.1 m). If nozzles are only located below the discharge outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between I the discharge outlet and the lowest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is lowest) shall not exceed 30 feet (9.1 m). I 3. If nozzles are located both above and below the discharge outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between the highest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is highest) and the lowest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle (whichever is lowest) shall not exceed 30 feet (9.1 m). I I I H P I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F LISTEO USThU Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APpOvW YA Ft RE SYSTEMS Page: 45 Section 3 System Design 3.7 Peripheral Equipment and Accessories The final step is the selection and placement of any and all control panels, detection devices, and accessories. This section provides a brief overview of these components. A more detailed description is available in other publications. 3.7.1 Control Panel For systems requiring UL listing, the control panel must be UL. listed and compatible with the electrical valve actuator as indicated in the control panel manual. For systems requiring FM approval, the control panel must be FM approved and compatible with the electric valve actuator as indicated in the control panel manual. The control panel should be located in an accessible area and installed in compliance with NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code). 3.7.2 Early Warning Detection Detector selection is dependent upon hazard occupancy and environmental conditions. FM2OO® Systems are designed to extinguish a fire rapidly in its incipient stage The use of smoke detectors of appropriate type must be considered to provide the earliest possible indication of a fire detection with a low susceptibility to false alarms. For systems requiring UL listing, detectors must be UL listed and compatible with the control panel as indicated in the control panel manual. Air sampling detection systems can also be utilized. In most applications, the detection devices are installed in a cross-zone (double knock) or voting configuration. Cross-zoning of early warning detectors affords stability yet provides early detection. 3.7.3 Accessories Audible and visual devices may be utilized to indicate alarm conditions, system status, or trouble conditions within the system. Audible alarm devices must be of a sufficient decibel level to be heard over the maximum noise level in the protected hazard. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 usio LISTED APPtVtt Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40VE Page: 46 Section 3 System Design 3.8 Sample Equipment Order List 1 18584-065 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 80 lb 65 lbs FTV200AGENT FM-2000 Agent 1 18595 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 10" 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent 3 18584-050 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 80 lb 150 lbs F1v20GGB'ff FM-2008 Agent (50 lbs per Cylinder) 3 18595 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 10" 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator 2 17019 Pneumatic Valve Actuator 1 18624 Bushing, 3/8" MNPTx 1/4" FNPT (10 mm x 8mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Adapter 1 18560 Valve, Check, 1/4" MNPTx 1/4" JIC Male (8 mm x 8mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Check Valve 2 18648 Hose, Flex, 3/16", 1/4" (8 mm)JIC Female- 16" (406 mm) 1 18622 Tee, 1/4" JIC Male x 1/4" MNPT (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee 1 18625 Adapter, 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" JlC Male (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Male NPTAdapter 1 18611 Tee, 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation End Line Tee 1 10173 Vent Check As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 3 18547 Valve, Check, 1-1/4" FNPT (32 mm) 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I JA-NUS "FrE SYSTEMS* Document# DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 (ji Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPEOVED LISTED LISTED 405E FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F AWLS Page: 47 FER.E SYSTEMS' Section 3 System Design 1 18526-350 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 420 lb 350 lbs FTv2cXS3ENT FM-2008 Agent 1 18535 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 16" 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator 1 18772 Gauge Assembly, Pressure, FM-200 1 18775 Switch Assembly, Low-Pressure Supervisory 1 18555 Coupling, Grooved, 2" (50 mm) 1 18551 Elbow, Grooved, 2" (50 mm) 1 18474 Nipple, Grooved x MNPT, 2" (50 mm) As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent 2 18525-200 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 250 lb 400 lbs FM200PGENT FM-2000 Agent (200 lbs per Cylinder) 2 18535 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 16" 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator 2 18772 Gauge Assembly, Pressure, FM-200 2 18775 Switch Assembly, Low-Pressure Supervisory 2 18555 Coupling, Grooved, 2" (50 mm) 2 18551 Elbow, Grooved, 2" (50 mm) 2 18474 Nipple, Grooved x MNPT, 2" (50 mm) 1 17019 Pneumatic Valve Actuator 1 18560 Valve, Check, 1/4" MNPTx 1/4" JIC Male (8 mm x 8mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Check Valve 1 18649 Hose, Flex, 3/16", 1/4(8mm) JlC Female -24" (610 mm) 1 18625 Adapter, 1/4" MNPTx 1/4" JIC Male (8 mm x8 mm), Brass Male NPT Adapter 1 18611 Tee, 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation End Line Tee 1 10173 Vent Check As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 2 18546 Valve, Check, 2" FNPT (50 mm) - 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document #DOC1O2 Revision F ULC 01 FM Issued: February 1, 2009 usrw LISTED APPR9VED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I Page: 48 I _1 IRE SYSTEMS* 1 18529-945 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 1000 lb 945 lbs Flvt20c'AGB'JT FM-200® Agent 1 18537 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 30" 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator 1 18772 GaugeAssembly, Pressure, FM-200 1 18775 Switch Assembly, Low-Pressure Supervisory 1 18554 Coupling, Grooved, 3" (80 mm) 1 18550 Elbow, Grooved, 3" (80 mm) As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent 3 18527-450 Cylinder Assembly, FM-200, 600 lb 1350 lbs FTV20CGB'f1 FM-2000 Agent (450 lbs per Cylinder) 3 18536 Bracket Assembly, Cylinder, 24" - 1 18481 Electric Valve Actuator 1 17001 Manual Valve Actuator 3 18772 Gauge Assembly, Pressure, FM-200 3 18775 Switch Assembly, Low-Pressure Supervisory 3 18554 Coupling, Grooved, 3" (80 mm) 3 18550 Elbow, Grooved, 3" (80 mm) 2 17019 Pneumatic Valve Actuator 1 18560 Valve, Check, 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" JIC Male (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Check Valve 2 18650 Hose, Flex, 3/16", 1/4" (8 mm) JIC Female -34(864 mm) 1 18622 Tee, 1/4" JIC Male x 1/4" MNPT (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee 1 18625 Adapter, 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" JIG Male (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Male NPTAdapter 1 18611 Tee, 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT (8 mm x 8 mm), Brass Pilot Actuation End Line Tee 1 10173 Vent Check As Required Various Discharge Nozzles 1 18773 Switch, Discharge Pressure, w/ 1/2" (15 mm) Conduit Connection 3 18538 Valve, Check, 3" Grooved (80 mm) 1 18489 Sign, Warning, Exit, Clean Agent 1 18770 Sign, Warning, Entrance, Clean Agent Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APpOvEO LISTED usu 4055 I I I I I Page: 49 JAN.S 0_1 FIR E SYSTEMS Section 4 System Installation The installation of the Janus Fire Systems® FM-200® Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System should be undertaken by competent mechanical and electrical technicians familiar with NFPA 2001 and with the installation of clean agent systems who have reviewed this manual and all hazard drawings and calculations. No special tools are required to assemble the equipment. A complete hazard analysis and system design, including a drawing of the system layout, must be completed before the installation of any system and submitted to the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). The design, drawings, and material list should be compared with conditions found on site. Cylinder size and agent fill must match design calculations. Temperature and humidity of the area must be within system limitations and room integrity must be consistent with the initial design. All components should be inspected for shipping damage. Materials such as piping, pipe hangers, fittings, tubing, conduit, and mounting hardware are not typically supplied by Janus Fire Systems. These items are to be supplied by the installer and must meet the minimum required material specifications found in this manual, NFPA 2001 - Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, NFPA 72 - The National Electrical Code, as well as local building and fire codes or local norms. System equipment has been verified through testing to function in ambient temperatures ranging from 32°F (0°C) to 130°F (54°C). Flow calculations have been verified at ambient temperatures of 70°F ±10° (21.1°C ±5.5°). Storage outside of the range of 70°F ±10 (21.1°C ±5.5°) may result in inaccurate flow calculations and cause one or more nozzles to not discharge the designed quantity of FM200®. - !'A'h1;1I1.lIe FIJI Discharge of an unsecured cylinder may result in injury, death, or damage to property from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. The cylinder is fitted with an anti- recoil safety plug or device to protect against violent cylinder movement during accidental discharge. Do not remove the anti-recoil safety device from the discharge outlet until the cylinder is securely mounted in the bracket and the cylinder is ready to be connected to the discharge piping system. Do not transport the cylinder unless the anti-recoil safety device is in place. Handle the cylinder assembly with care even when the safety device is in place. Do not install the electric, manual, or pneumatic valve actuators until all cylinder straps, pipe, and nozzles are securely installed. Failure to comply could result in accidental discharge of the cylinder. Remove the electric, manual, and pneumatic valve actuators before transporting cylinder. Do not apply excessive force to the low-pressure supervisory switch or pressure gauge or attempt to carry the cylinder assembly or cylinder valve by the low-pressure switch or pressure gauge. If the low-pressure supervisory switch or pressure gauge breaks at the fitting, agent will discharge through the port potentially causing personal injury or property damage. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # 00C102 @ ® K1j Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F Usiso L;STEO APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Page: 50 Section 4 System Installation TIRE SYSTEMS* 4.1 Mechanical Installation Mechanical installation may be performed in conjunction with electrical installation or performed separately, but both installations must be completed before the system is commissioned (Section 5). AWARNING Do not install the electric, pneumatic, or manual valve actuators until the system has been fully commissioned as detailed in Section 5. Failure to comply could result in personal injury or death from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. 4.1.1 Installing Cylinder Bracket Channels To avoid accidental damage or wear to the cylinder assembly during the installation of discharge piping and nozzles, the cylinder assembly should only be placed into position after those installations are completed. Installation of the cylinder bracket back channels will suffice as a reference point for properly locating discharge piping. The cylinder must be oriented so that the pressure gauge faces out. A CAUTION The cylinder assembly must be mounted in a vertical position so its valve assembly is located at the top of the cylinder. All cylinders for a single hazard must be stored at the same temperature. Fasten the back channels securely to a rigid load-bearing vertical surface at the appropriate height. The cylinder must rest on a surface capable of supporting the combined weight of the cylinder and agent. I I I I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APFDVED LED Revision F IST 4OVE A-e11 M& "'FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 51 Section 4 System Installation Figure 4.1.1a Sv Cylinder Bracket & Dimensions Bracket Assembly includes: (2) 3/8 twirl nuts (P/N 18811) (2) 3/8-16 1-1/14 cap screws (P/N 18606) (1) strap (P/N 18596) (1) back channel (18604/Ft) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# 00C102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 usmu LISTED Appf{QVEQ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4VfE I I Figure 4.1.1b Mv Cylinder Bracket & Dimensions Bracket Assembly includes: (2) 3/8' twirl nuts (P/N 18811) (2) 3/8-16 1-1/14' cap screws (P/N 18606) (1) strap (P/N 18597) (1) back channel (18604/Ft) 54.17 1376 76.37 1.940 40.00 1016 62.19 1580 19.8 503 36.8 935 16.0 406 16.0 406 20.0 508 20.0 508 17.9 455 17.9 455 18535 18535 I I I [H Page: 52 Section 4 System Installation ONUS -FIRE SYSTEMS' Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 zj 'z •cj:: Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APP10 LISTED LISTED 405E FM.2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Hi IN Bracket Assembly includes: (2) 3/8 twirl nuts (P/N 18811) (2) 3/8-16 1-1/14 cap screws (P/N 18606) (1) strap (600/900 lb - PIN 18598; 1000 lb - P/N 18599) (1) back channel (18604/Ft) 58.67 1490 75.99 1930 67.48 1714 44.92 1141 62.17 1579 53.73 1365 21.5 546 38.0 965 30.0 762 24.0 610 24.0 610 30.0 762 28.0 lii 28.0 711 34.0 864 25.9 658 25.9 658 31.9 810 18536 18536 18537 AWLS Page: 53 FIRE SYSTEMS' Section 4 System Installation Figure 4.1.1c Lv Cylinder Bracket & Dimensions FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document# DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED L:STEO APPOvEO Revised: 11-Nov-2011 LOVE Page: 54 MVIS Section 4 System Installation 'FERE SYSTEMS' 4.1.2 Installing Discharge Piping Discharge pipe, fittings, brackets, hangers, and are not normally included in the scope ofJanus Fire Systems®. Materials should be new and free from rust and corrosion. Pipe size, schedule, routing, reductions, changes in elevations, etc must be in accordance with the drawings and in accordance with calculations performed using the Janus Design Suite® software. Any deviations in routing or fitting quantities must be coordinated and verified by the system designer prior to implementing changes. Pipe must comply with NFPA 2001 and be either Schedule 40 or 80. Pipe can be of any of the following fabrication classifications. Seamless - Round pipe without a longitudinal seam. Electric Resistance Welded (ERW) - Pipe with a longitudinal joint where fusion of the joint is produced by the heat obtained from the resistance to the flow of electric current. Furnace Butt Welded Pipe (-Welded Pipe) - Pipe fabricated by mechanical pressure developed by drawing the furnace heated metal through a conical die that serves to form and weld the tubular shape. Refer to Table 4.1.2 for acceptable pipe grades. Seamless Grade A-53 A or B, Grade A-106 A or B or C Electric Resistance Welded (ERW) Grade A-53 A or B Furnace Welded Grade A-53 F - 3/8" (10 mm) to 4" (100 mm) Pipe Sizes WARNING . . Cast iron pipe, steel pipe conforming toASTM A-120, aluminum pipe, or non-metallic pipe shall not be used. 4.1.2.1 Threaded Pipe I At a minimum threaded pipe joints must be reamed free of burrs and obstructions. Any lubricants used in the threading process must be cleaned from the ends of the pipe to reduce the chance of cutting lubricant or shavings entering the nozzle orifices or being deposited in ceilings or equipment. Threaded joints must I conform to ANSI B1-20.1. Pipe sections should be swabbed with appropriate nonflammable degreasing solvent to remove any traces of preservatives or lubricant. Prior to fit up dry compressed air or nitrogen can be used to "blow out" any debris left in the pipe bore I during the cleaning process. The exposed threaded joints must be wrapped with polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE or Teflon tape) or I anaerobic PTFE-based paste. Both are used as a lubricant that allows threads to mate more readily and fills any variances in the thread surfaces. I 4.1.2.2 Threaded Fittings Threaded fittings must comply with NFPA 2001 arid be at a minimum class 300 malleable iron, class 300 ductile iron, or have a minimum rated working pressure of 416 psi (28.7 bar) at 70°F (21.1°C). I Document #DOC1O2 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 FM UI uLL. Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVED LISTED LISTED 1 I(% - AWL 'FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 55 Section 4 System Installation AWARNING Class 150 lb fittings shall not be used. 4.1.2.3 Grooved Fittings and Couplings Grooved fittings and couplings must comply with NFPA 2001 and have a minimum rated working pressure of 416 psi (28.7 bar) at 70°F (21.1°C) based upon carbon steel pipe roll or cut grooved in accordance with the fitting or coupling manufacturers guidelines. Gaskets must be compatible with .FM-200® agent (typically EPDM having a temperature range of -30°F to 230°F [-34°C to 110°C]). Gasket lubricant must be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. 4.1.2.4 Pipe Reductions Reductions in pipe sizes may be accomplished using threaded or grooved concentric reducing fittings, steel or stainless steel concentric swage fittings, or steel or stainless steel reducing bushings. All such fittings must comply with NFPA 2001 and have a minimum rated working pressure of 416 psi (28.7 bar) at 70°F (21.1°C). AWARNING Pipe reductions can be made using machined or forged steel hex bushings. Malleable and/or cast iron bushings are NOT to be used. 4.1.2.5 Pipe Supports and Hangers FM200® system piping must be adequately supported with appropriate pipe supports and hangers to withstand the thrust exerted during system discharge. 'The number of supports and hangers required depends on the specific system piping configuration. All supports and hangers shall comply with NFPA 2001 and be used in accordance to their manufacturer's limits and specifications and state and local building codes. Hangers and supports must be steel. They must adequately allow for movement or contraction occurring from changing thermal conditions. Hangers and supports must be designed and installed to minimize vertical and lateral sway or thrust. Hangers and supports must be placed at every change in direction of the piping network and at every nozzle. Additional supports shall be placed at intermediate location in between. When intermediate hangers are of the rod type, they must be steel clad or steel clevis, of proper size, and with a solid bar-type hanger rod to support the weight of the pipe and agent. When grooved pipe, fittings, and couplings are used, brackets and supports must be anchored per the fitting manufacturer's specifications. No grooved pipe length shall be left unsupported. AWARNING Cast iron supports, conduit clamps, or "C" clamps are not to be used to support pipe. FM200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102® Revision F Kj Issued. February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED SPPIIEIVEE Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4SVE IH I Page: 56 0) ANUS Section 4 System Installation F!P.E SYSTEMS 1 4.1.3 Installing Nozzles I Nozzle type, style, and orifice diameter are determined based upon flow calculations made by the Janus Design Suite® software during the system design. Discharge nozzles are female NPT thread and must be installed as designed according to the guidelines covered under section 3.5. ' Due to the thrust generated from a 900 corner or 1800 sidewall nozzle, a rigid hanger or support must be located within 12 in (305 mm) of the nozzle to prevent pipe movement and/or nozzle rotation during discharge. Dirt traps and blow-outs are not required per NFPA 2001. If installed, Janus Fire Systems recommends they I consist of a tee with a capped nipple 2 to 6 inches (51 to 152 mm) long, installed at the end of each pipe run. 4.1.4 Installing Cylinder Assembly Position the cylinder assembly against the back channel so that the pressure gauge faces out. Secure the mounting strap into the back channel with the bracket held horizontally. Fasten the strap with the I supplied 3/8-16 1-1/4' cap screw and 3/8" twirl nut. 4.1.4.1 Installing Pressure Gauge Assembly (Mv and Lv Series only) I Prior to installing the pressure gauge assembly, both the 0-ring on the assembly connection and the inside of the pressure gauge connection on the cylinder valve must be lightly lubricated with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent. I Install the pressure gauge assembly into the pressure gauge connection and tighten the swivel nut to 10 lb*ft. When the swivel nut is almost tight, the pressure gauge assembly will upset the Schrader valve. The 0-ring on the pressure gauge assembly immediately seals to prevent loss of FM_200®. 1 Once the pressure gauge assembly is connected, it should be used to check the pressure inside the cylinder. A pressure drop of more than 10% indicates the cylinder assembly must be recharged or replaced. Pressure should be 360 psig (24.8 bar) at 70°F (21°C). Refer to Table 6.2.1.1 in Appendix B for normal pressures at I other temperatures. Every time the pressure gauge assembly is removed from the cylinder valve, the assembly 0-ring must be I replaced with a new 0-ring (P/N 98791 - Pack of 25). Prior to re-installing the pressure gauge assembly, both the new 0-ring and the inside of the pressure gauge connection on the cylinder valve must be lightly lubricated with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent. I 4.1.4.2 Installing Low-Pressure Supervisory Switch Assembly (Mv and Lv Series only) Prior to installing the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly, both the 0-ring on the assembly connection I and the inside of the pressure gauge connection on the cylinder valve must be lightly lubricated with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent. Install the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly into the low-pressure supervisory connection and I tighten the swivel nut to 10 lb*ft. When the swivel nut is almost tight, the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly will upset the Schrader valve. The 0-ring on the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly immediately seals to prevent loss of FM200®. 1 Every time the low-pressure supervisory switch assembly is removed from the cylinder valve, the assembly 0-ring must be replaced with a new 0-ring (P/N 98791 - Pack of 25 Prior to re-installing the slow-pressure supervisory witch assembly, both the new 0-ring and the inside of the pressure gauge connection on the I cylinder valve must be lightly lubricated with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent. Document # DOC102 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 FM UL ULC Revision F I Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPREVED LISTED USIHI 4OVE MT'—rSFIYSTEMS Page: 57 Section 4 System Installation 4.1.5 Installing Discharge Pressure Switch Pressure to operate the discharge pressure switch is supplied by the primary cylinder. In a single cylinder system, it can be connected to the pilot actuation port or a tee in the discharge piping. In a multiple cylinder systems, it can be connected to the discharge manifold or the pilot actuation port of the final slave cylinder. The discharge pressure switch has a SPDT contact for connection to the control panel. The switch will send a signal to the control panel confirming system actuation. If a control panel is not included, the discharge pressure switch can provide necessary control functions for closing any doors or dampers in the room or enclosure or to initiate the shut down of equipment that may deplete agent concentration. Mount the switch box securely onto a wall or structural member using the mounting holes provided. The switch should be located so that it can be manually reset following actuation. Preferred mounting is upright with pipe connections to the bottom. Connect 1/2 inch conduit and appropriate wiring to the electrical connection on the switch box. To switch loads heavier than the switch rating, or requiring more than two contacts, the switch should be used to operate a relay or contactor to control the load. Connect the 1/4 inch NPT connection at the bottom of the front plate to the agent piping using 1/4 inch steel pipe or 1/4 inch or 3/16 inch O.D. copper tube. Install a union fitting at base of cover to allow removal of front plate for testing. 4.1.6 Installing Pilot Actuation Line On a multiple cylinder system, the primary and slave cylinders must be interconnected with the pilot actuation line. Flex hose and fittings necessary to assemble the pilot actuation line can be ordered from Janus Fire Systems, but the pilot actuation line may also be assembled using copper tubing or schedule 40 pipe provided by the installer. Refer to Sections 4.1.6.1 through 4.1.6.4 for requirements to each specific type of pilot actuation line arrangement. Up to 16 cylinders can be actuated simultaneously on a single system.The primary cylinder valve is discharged electrically or manually and up to 15 slave cylinders can be actuated pneumatically using pressure from the primary cylinder through the pilot actuation line. A pilot actuation check valve must be installed into the pilot actuation port with the direction of flow out of the valve. This pilot actuation check valve is used to maintain pressure in the pilot actuation line and pneumatic valve actuators to ensure the valve remains open during discharge and a complete dispersal of slave cylinder contents is achieved. The pilot actuation line connects to each slave cylinder at a 1/4 in (8 mm) female NPT inlet port in the pneumatic valve actuator. One pneumatic valve actuator is required for each slave cylinder. A vent check must be installed in the pilot actuation line downstream of the pilot actuation check valve typically at the last cylinder. It is used to bleed off pressure that may accumulate in the pilot actuation line, reducing the chance of inadvertent operation of the pneumatic valve actuators. The vent check contains a ball seat that seals the vent check during the rapid pressure accumulation of an actual discharge. Before assembling the pilot actuation line, all hose, tubing, pipe and/or fittings should be carefully cleaned internally to remove all oil, dirt, or foreign material- FM-200@ OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APP990 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 I 4OVE I I I I 1 I 1 I I I I I I Section 4 System Installation Page: 58 Q"'NU `FIRE SYSTEMS Teflon tape or joint compound must be used on all threaded connections. Use care when applying pipe tape or joint compound so they don't enter the pipe. Do not use pipe tape or compound on flared fittings. On multiple cylinder systems, the discharge pressure switch must not be connected to the pilot actuation line. It may be connected to the discharge manifold or the pilot actuation port of the final slave cylinder. 4.1.6.1 Installation Using Flex Hose Janus Fire Systems flex hose assemblies may be used to assemble the pilot actuation line as shown in Figures 4.1.6.1a, 4.1.6.1b, and 4.1.6.1c. 'The appropriate length of flex hose for each cylinder assembly size is shown in Table 2.3.9. All fittings necessary to complete the pilot actuation line are available from Janus Fire Systems and are describe in Section 2 of this manual. Any other fittings utilized must be appropriate 1/4" brass 37 JIC fittings with a minimum pressure rating of 1200 psig (82.7 bar). '[he pilot actuation line begins at the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder and ends at the pneumatic valve actuator of the last slave cylinder. When utilizing flex hose, the total length of the pilot actuation line from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder (including any rises or drops) cannot be greater than 100 ft (30.48 m). 4.1.6.2 Installation Using Copper Tubing Copper tubing and appropriate fittings provided by the installer may be used to assemble the pilot actuation line as shown in Figures 4.1.6.2. Copper tubing must be 1/4" O.D. with a 0.030" wall thickness (meeting ASTIVI B280). All fittings utilized must be appropriate brass or steel compression style fittings (with brass or steel sleeves or ferrules) or SAE 45° flared tube fittings with a minimum pressure rating of 1200 psig (82.7 bar). To accommodate the use of compression style or SAE 45° flared tube fittings, the standard Janus Fire Systems® Pilot Actuation Check Valve (P/N 18560) is not recommended. Instead, the Janus Fire Systems® NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve (P/N 10262) along with an adapter hex nipple (P/N 18713 or P/N 19192) is used as shown in the highlighted section of Figure 4.1.6.2. The pilot actuation line begins at the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder and ends at the pneumatic valve actuator of the last slave cylinder. When utilizing copper tubing, the total length of the pilot actuation line from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder (including any rises or drops) cannot be greater than 100 ft (30.48 m). 4.1.6.3 Installation Using Schedule 40 Pipe Schedule 40 pipe provided by the installer may be used to assemble the pilot actuation line as shown in Figures 4.1.6.3. The Schedule 40 pipe must be 1/4" (8 mm) and comply with the guidelines set forth in NFPA 2001 and Sections 4.1.2 through 4.1.2.5 of this manual. Janus Fire Systems 24" (610 mm) flex hose assemblies (P/N 18649) should be used to connect pilot actuation I piping to the pilot actuation check valve and pneumatic actuators, utilizing appropriate 1/4" brass 37 JIC or 45° SAE flare fittings with a minimum pressure rating of 1200 psig (82.7 bar). The pilot actuation line begins at the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder and ends at the pneumatic ' valve actuator of the last slave cylinder. When utilizing Schedule 40 pipe, the total length of Schedule 40 pipe from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder (including any rises or drops) cannot exceed 25 ft (7.62 m) in length. I Document # DOC102 FM 200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F 4OYE Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APIvEU LISTED uSTw 01-1 M"'U'S I Page: 59 41.t SYSTEMS Section 4 System Installation 4.1.6.4 Two-Sided Pilot Actuation Lines To maximize distances between cylinders, a tee may be installed extending from the pilot actuation port of the primary cylinder (after the pilot actuation check valve) to allow the pilot actuation line to extend in two directions. All guidelines and limits previously stated in Sections 4.1.6 through 4.1.6.3 apply to such arrangements in addition to the following: When utilizing flex hose, the total length of the pilot actuation line from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder in either direction (including any rises or drops) cannot be greater than 100 ft (30.48 m) in each direction. When utilizing copper tubing, the total length of the pilot actuation line from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder in either direction (including any rises or drops) cannot be greater than 100 ft (30.48 m) in each direction. When utilizing Schedule 40 pipe, the total length of the pilot actuation line from the primary cylinder to the last slave cylinder in either direction (including any rises or drops) cannot be greater than 25 ft (7.62 m) in each direction. To accommodate the use of the standard Janus Fire Systems® Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee to allow the pilot actuation line to extend in two directions, the Janus Fire Systems® NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve (P/N 10262) along with an adapter hex nipple (P/N 18713 or P/N 19192) is used. A 1/4' (8 mm) FNPT x FNPT coupling (P/N 99686) is needed to connect the NPT Style Pilot Actuation Check Valve to the Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee. A vent check shall be installed at both ends of the pilot actuation line downstream of the pilot actuation check valve. Refer to Figure 4.1.6.4 for an example of a two-sided pilot actuation line arrangement utilizing flex hose. Discharge Manifold (Provided By Installer) 16° Flea Hose (406 mm) Pilot (P/N 18648) Male NPT Actuation Adapter End Line Tee (P/N 18625) (P/N 18611) - -- 1/ Discharge Pressure Switch (P/N 18773) . Male NPT Adapter - (P/N 18625) Variable Size Pilot Actuation Flex Hose Mid Line Tee (PIN Variable) (P/N 18622) Manual Valve Actuator Pneumatic (P/N 17001) Valve Actuator I (PIN 17019) 11/4° (32 mm) Manifold Check Valve (P/N 18547) Electric _- Valve Actuator (PIN 18481) Pilot Actuation Adapter (P/N 18624) Pilot Actuation Check Valve (P/N 18560) / Vent Check (P/N 10173) Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.6.1a Pilot Actuation Line Configuration for Sv Series Cylinders FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F 0 & <&>Issued: February 1, 2009 40YE LISTED LISTED APPEtItES Revised: 11-Nov-2011 I I I I I I Page: 60 Section 4 System Installation Discharge Pressure Switch Variable Size Pilot Actuation (P/N 18773) \ Flex Hose \ (P/N Variable) Manuel Mid Line Tee (P/N 18622) Valve Actuator (PIN 17001) Pneumatic Male NPT Valve Actuator Adapter (P/N 17019) (P/N 18625) 2 (50 mm) Manifold Check Valve (P/N 18546) • Electric Valve Actuator (P/N 18481) Pilot Actuation / Check Valve (P/N 18560) 0-1ANUS FIRE SYSTEMS 24" Flex Hose (610 mm) Discharge Manifold (P/N 18649) (Provided By Installer) / / / Male NPT Pilot I - I Adapter Actuation I (P/N 18625) End Line / / Tee / / (P/N18611) Vent Check (PIN 10173) Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.61b Pilot Actuation Line Configuration for Mv Series Cylinders Variable Size Discharge Flex Hose Pressure Switch (P/N Variable) 8773 Manual Pilot Actuation Pneumatic Valve Actuator Mid Line Tee Valve Actuator ) r (P/N 17001) (P/N 18622) (P/N 17019) Male NPT Adapter (P/N 18625) 3" (80 mm) Manifold Check Valve (P/N 18538) Electric Valve Actuator (P/N 18481) Pilot Actuation Check Valve (P/N 18560) 34" Flex Hose (864 mm) Discharge Manifold (40" / 1016mm for (Provided By Installer) 1000 lb cylinder) / Male NPT (P/N 18650 or / Adapter 18651) (P/N 18625) Pilot Actuation End Line Tee (PIN 18611) Vent Check P/ 073) Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.6.1c Pilot Actuation Line Configuration for Lv Series Cylinders I DOcument# DOC1OZ Issued: February 1, 2009 <zj>-(!j) (j) Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPRUVED LISTED LISTED 4OYE FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F 69" j A 'FIRE SYSTEMs NPT Pilot Actuation Check Valve Adapter Hex Nipple (SvSe,ies: P/N 18713) (Mv and Lv Series: P/N 19192) 1/4(8 mm) Female NPT x Male 45" SAE Flared Adapter I (Provided By Installer) Page: 61 Section 4 System Installation 1/4"(8 mm) Male 45"SAE Flared x Pilot Actuation Male NPT 1/4" (8 mm) O.D. 1/4(8mm) Male 45"SAE Adapter Nipple End Line Tee Copper Tubing Flared x Male NPT Tee (Provided (P/N 18611) (Provided By Installer) (Provided By Insta//er) Insfaller) / Vent Check (P/N 10 173) Pilot Actuation Adapter NPT Style Pilot (P/N 18624) Actuation Check Valve SvSenes Only (PIN 10262) Primary Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.6.2 Alternate Pilot Actuation Line Configuration - Utilizing Copper Tubing (Mv Series Shown. Same for all Series) 1/4" (8 mm) Schedule 40 Pipe (Provided By Installer) 1/4"(8 mm) Female 1/4" (8 mm) NPT x Female NPT Tee NPT Pipe Plug 24" Flex Hose (Provided By Installer) 24" Flex Hose (Provided By (610 mm) I (610 mm) Installer) \ (P/N 18649) I I (P/N 18649) Slave Cylinder Vent Check (P/N 10 173) 10" (254 mm) Suggested Height Pilot Actuation Adapter (P/N 18624) Sv Series Only Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.6.3 Alternate Pilot Actuation Line Configuration - Utilizing Schedule 40 Pipe (Mv Series Shown, Same for all Series) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ij ® <&> Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED uso oppgnvgj Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40ff I I Page: 62 Section 4 System Installation MAXUS 'FIRE SYSTEMS L 100 iT (3048 m) maximum distance (including rise and fall) 4 Pilot Actuation End Line Tee (P/N 18611) Pilot Actuation Mid Line Tee /PIN (P/N 18622) Male NPT Adapter 18625) 100 It (3048 m) maximum distance (including rise and fall) 1/4(8 mm) FNPTx FNPT Coupling (P/N 99686) NPT Pilot Actuation Check I Pilot Actuation Valve Adapter Hex Nipple Mid Line Tee (Sv Series: P/N 18713) f (P/N 18622) Vent Check (P/N 10173) (Mv and Lv Series: P/N 19192) / \ Flex Hose (See Figures 4.1.6,1a, 4.1.6. lb. and 4.1.6. Ic for appropriate size and P/N for each size cylinder) Pilot Actuation End Line Tee Male NPT (P/N 18611) Adapter (P/N 18625) Vent Check (P/N 10173) Pilot Actuation Adapter (P/N 18624) NPT Style Pilot Sv Series Only Actuation Check Valve (P/N 10262) Primary Slave Slave Slave Slave Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Figure 4.1.6.4 Alternate Pilot Actuation Line Configuration - Two-Sided Pilot Actuation Line (Mv Series Shown. Same for all Series) 4.2 Electrical Installation Electrical installation may be done in conjunction with mechanical installation or separately, but both installations must be completed before the system is commissioned (Section 5). Wiring must be installed in accordance with the guidelines of NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, NEMA, and local electrical codes. Early warning detection, audible and visible alarm device, and control panels must be installed and tested in accordance with NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code and NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code as well as local electrical codes. Document # DOC1OZ Issued: February 1, 2009 cZ )j Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APFttvED LISTED LISTED 4865 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 0- M~`Us 'FiRE SYSTEMS' Page: 63 Section 5 Commissioning System 5 COMMISSIONING SYSTEM àWARNING Do not install the electric, pneumatic, or manual valve actuators until the system has been fully commissioned. Failure to comply could result in personal injury or death from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. The system checkout procedures outlined in this chapter are intended to represent the minimum requirements for the extinguishing system portion of the system. NFPA 2001 shall also be consulted. Additional procedures may be required by the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). The control system portion of the system providing automatic detection and release should be thoroughly checked out according to the appropriate technical manual and the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) before completing this section. 5.1 System Review Conduct a room integrity (door fan) test in accordance with NFPA 2001.The results of this test will provide equivalent leakage area and, when conducted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, will predict the timeline for a descending interface to fall to a given height and estimate how long the extinguishing concentration will be maintained in the protected room. Room dimensions identified in the course of this test shall be verified to correspond with room volume utilized in determining Janus Design Suite® flow calculations for the enclosure. Check security and tightness of cylinder mounting brackets to a solid structure and cylinder bracket straps. Check and record cylinder pressure gauges and room temperature. Pressure should be 360 psig at 70°F (24.8 bar at 21°C). For temperatures other than 70°F (21°C) refer to the pressure temperature chart in the appendix. Check the stamped fill weight on the cylinder nameplate to verify it is the correct amount for the room as determined and documented in the design. Piping should be checked for correct size, length, and grade and compared to the installation drawings, Janus Design Suite® flow calculation results, and manual limitations. Check pipe supports for proper type, mounting, and spacing. Check that nozzle location, size, style, and drill diameters of orifices match both installation/design drawings and calculations. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Li I Page: 64 Section 5 Commissioning System Q'I' m1LJ FUtE SYSTEMS* 5.2 Discharge Piping Pressure Test àWARNING :. Do not apply pressure to the discharge piping while the pipe is connected to the discharge outlet. Applying pressure to the discharge outlet may cause the valve to open and pressurize the distribution pipe with the FM- 2000 agent, causing personal injury or property damage. I NFPA 2001 mandates that all fittings be checked for tightness and pressure tested. Remove the nozzles and install pipe caps. Remove the discharge piping from the cylinder valve and install the anti-recoil safety device onto the cylinder discharge outlet. Connect a source of dry compressed air or nitrogen to the I distribution piping. Slowly increase the pressure in the piping to 40 psi (2.76 bar) and then close the valve supplying pressure. Check the pressure after 10 minutes. If the pressure is above 32 psig (2.20 bar) (80% of test pressure) the system is considered sealed. If it drops below 32 psig (2.20 bar) check and tighten all I fittings then re-run the test. After completing the test remove pipe caps, reinstall nozzles, and reconnect discharge piping to cylinder. I AWMINING .. ., . . Pressure testing may potentially cause a rupture of the piping system and introduce dangerous projectiles into I the protected area. Personnel should be evacuated prior to pressure testing. I NFPA 2001 allows this pressure test to be omitted if the total piping contains no more than one change in direction between the cylinder outlet and the nozzle and all piping is physically checked for tightness. I Dry compressed air or nitrogen must be discharged through the piping network and nozzles to verify the flow is continuous and that the piping and nozzles are unobstructed. Make certain air/nitrogen is discharging from all nozzles. I Check all nozzles to be sure the correct nozzles are installed as shown on the installation drawing, installed securely to the pipe, properly anchored, and properly oriented. Check all nozzles for any obstructions or objects placed in the direct pattern of discharge. Perform a full functional test of the control system in accordance with the appropriate technical manual and system design drawings including verification that all control functions such as damper and door closure, HYAC shut down, and power shut down occur as intended. If the HVAC is NOT being shutdown prior to system discharge it must be of the re-circulating close loop type and enough agent must be provided to compensate for the volume of the duct and plenum. I I Document # DOC102 j FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPDVRJ LISTED 40VE I I I I I 6, 011-NS 1JS STEMS Page: 65 Section 5 Commissioning System 5.3 Installing Pneumatic Valve Actuator AWARNING Attaching the pneumatic valve actuator to the cylinder valve when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the "up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. Reset the pneumatic valve actuator by pushing up on the actuation pin until it bottoms out on the inside of the actuator body. If the pin is not reset, it will depress the vaitre core stem when the pneumatic valve actuator is threaded onto valve actuation connection causing the valve to open. The pneumatic valve actuator should be installed hand tight until contact is made between the actuator and the top of the cylinder valve. A small gap will be present between the bottom of the pneumatic valve actuator and the valve body. 5.4 Installing Electric Valve Actuator A WARNING Do not install the electric valve actuators until all pipe and nozzles are securely installed and system has been fully commissioned. Failure to comply could result in personal injury or death from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. Attaching the electric valve actuator to the cylinder valve when the actuation pin is not fully locked into the "up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. Reset the electric valve actuator by pushing the pin up until it latches. If the pin is not reset, the valve core stem could be depressed when the electric valve actuator is threaded onto the valve top causing the cylinder valve to actuate. Do not install the electric valve actuator if the control panel is in alarm or trouble. Clear all alarm conditions and trouble conditions on the panel before installing the electric valve actuator. The electric valve actuator assembly has a swivel base that is threaded onto the valve top. The actuator is to be installed hand tight until contact is made between the actuator and valve top. A small gap will be present between the bottom of the actuator and the valve body. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 I I Page: 66 Section 5 Commissioning System 'FIRE F[RE SYSTEMS* 5.5 Installing Manual Valve Actuator I - àWARNING Attaching the manual valve actuator to the electric valve actuator when the actuation pin is not fully locked into I the "up" position may cause the cylinder valve to actuate, resulting in potential injury and/or property damage. Reset the manual valve actuator by pulling up on the palm button and inserting the ring pin. The actuation pin should be in the full up position before installing on the electric valve actuator. If the pin is not reset the valve could open when the manual valve actuator is threaded onto the electric valve actuator. The manual valve actuator assembly has a swivel base that is threaded onto the top of the electric valve actuator. I The actuator is to be installed hand tight until contact is made between the manual valve actuator and the top of the electric valve actuator. A small gap may be present between the bottom of the manual valve actuator and the top of the electric valve actuator. I A CAUTION The system is now fully armed and commissioned. Actuation of the manual or electric valve actuators will result in the discharge of the system. I 5.6 Warning Signs Li Warning signs must be placed at entrances to and inside protected areas. 5.7 Additional Considerations Janus Fire Systems® equipment as shipped does not require painting. 5.8 Enclosure Venting Considerations The effectiveness of a total flooding fire extinguishing system depends, in part, on retention of the agent mixture within the protected volume for a period of time. Retention of the agent within the enclosure requires that leakage be minimized, however, addition of a gaseous fire extinguishing agent to an enclosure having limited vent area will naturally result in a change of pressure therein. If the enclosure is sealed too tightly during the agent discharge, i.e., too little vent area or equivalent leakage area (EQL), the pressure change could exceed the structural strength of the enclosure. Conversely, if the enclosure has too much vent area then FM_200® leakage will occur rapidly, leading to short retention time of the agent within the protected volume. Thus, the use of gaseous fire extinguishing systems must address both pressure relief within the protected volume during the period of agent discharge, and retention of the agent-air mixture within the enclosure for a specified period of time after the completion of the discharge. Document # D0C102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPOVEU LISTED usmo 4OVE I I I I I I I AN1JS -FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 67 Section 5 Commissioning System 5.5 in 40 mm z C) I 6.0 in 158mm to 01 1 6.01n 158 mm Figure 5.6a Clean Agent Warning Sign - Exit (P/N 18489) in 140 mm I 5.5 III 140 6.0 in 158 mm IN 6.0 in 158 mm Figure 5.6b Clean Agent Warning Sign - Entrance (P/N 18770) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL - Document# DOC102 @ 0L FM Revision F issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED 6PP0 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 STYE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page: 68 Section 5 Commissioning System 0 )ANJS FLP.E SYSTtMS A door fan integrity test should be performed to determine both the estimated leakage rate of FM-200 and provide the existing vent area in the protected volume. The Janus Design Suite® can provide an estimate of the vent area required for the amount of FM-200 being discharged. With the combined information, adjustments can be made to determine additional venting needs for the enclosure. For more complete information regarding enclosure integrity and venting consideration please consult Fire Suppression Systems Association Guide to Estimating Enclosure Pressure and Pressure Relief Vent Area for Applications Using Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, PRG-01, First Edition, August 2008, NFPA 2001 and Janus Design Suite® FM-200 Calculation Manual. 5.9 Manual An "as built" instruction and maintenance manual that includes a full sequence of operations and a full set of drawings and calculations shall be maintained on site. 5.10 Label Each cylinder is fitted with an identification label indicating the fill quantity of FM-200®. DANGER: HIGH-PRESSURE CYLINDER, CAPABLE OF VIOLENT DISCHARGE. EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS. CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH. PERIODICALLY CHECK GAUGES FOR PRESSURE. WEIGH CYLINDER AT LEAST EVERY SIX(8) MONTHS. SEE OPERATION, DESIGN, AND SERVICE MANUAL FOR DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS. STORAGE TEMPERATURE. 3F (0C) TO 130F (54-C). (CYLINDER FACTORY TEST PRESSURE : 1000 PSIG) CONTAINS: P1.1.25000 HM IS 2.0-0I HEPTAFLUOROPROPANE. SUPERPRESSURIZEO WITH DRY NITROGEN AT 70F (2C) TO 360 PSI (25 BAR), NITROGEN EXPELLANT GAS RIM/S 0.0-0. VERY COLD DISCHARGE. FM-200® CYLINDER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY P/N I I LBS. (KG) OF FM-2000 CHARGED WITH EMPTY WEIGHT LB S. (KG) INCLUDING INSTALLED ANTI. RECOIL DEVICE LBS. (KG) FM-2001&& NITROGEN FULL WEIGHT PRESSURIZED TO 360 PSI (24.82 BAR) FILL STATION IT ASENTLOT// I MANUFACTURER FILL GATE FM 2000 IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF DUPONT FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY CONTACT: TEL (800) 441.7515 USA, (3021-774-1000 WORLDWIDE CAUTION: THIS CYLINDER MUST BE TRANSPORTED, STORED, AND MOUNTED ILi VERTICALLY. IMPROPER INSTALLATION WILL RESULT IN SYSTEM MALFUNCTION. BEFORE HANDLING JANUS FIRE SYSTEMSS PRODUCTS, ALL PERSONNEL MUST BE THOROUGHLY TRAINED IN THE SAFE HANDLING OF THE CYLINDERS, AS WELL AS IN THE PROPER PROCEDURES FOR INSTALLATION, REMOVAL, AND CONNECTION OF OTHER CRITICAL DEVICES, SUCH AS FLEXIBLE HOSE, VALVE ACTUATORS, AND ANTI-RECOIL DEVICES. C/CINDER REMOVAL FROM SERVICE VA/SD 80/135800 1. REMOVE ALL VALVE ACTUATION DEVICES (ELECTRIC. MANUAL. AND/OR PNEUMATIC) FROM CYLINDER VALVE. 81EC1180 8/006/13 2, DISCONNECT CYLINDERJVALVE 6M.NRAF8USIR# VA/GE 40113/1888 ASSEMBLY FROM MAO//FOLD OR P/P/NO SYSTEM, 3. INSTALL ANTI-RECOIL SAFETY DEVICE TO DISCHARGE OUTLET. 4, REMOVE CYLINDER STRAP AND REMOVE CYLINDER FROM BRACKET ASSEMBLY. CYLINDER INSTALLATION 1, PLACE CYLINDER IN BRACKET ASSEMBLY AND SECURE WITH STRAP I SNARl) , 2. REMOVE ANTI-RECOIL SAFETY DEVICE FROM CYLINDERNALVE ASSEMBLY. VALVE TO MANIFOLD OR SYSTEM. 3, SECURELY CONNECT CYLINDER F. ATTACH THE REQUIRED VALVE ACTUATION DEVICES. M4868ECa.N?.FEWDEVICE WARNING: THE DISCHARGE OF CLEAN AGENT SYSTEMS TO EXTINGUISH A SYSTEM BENIGN REFERENCES STANDAJRD FOR CLEAN AGENT E)CT/NDU/SH/NG SYSTEMS. NFPA 2001, JANUS FIRE GYSTEMSU FM-USER FIRE CAN RESULT IN A POTENTIAL HAZARD TO PERSONNEL FROM THE OPERATION, DESIGN, AND SERVICE MANUAL, 5OC101, USd02. . NATURAL FORM OF THE CLEAN AGENT OR FROM THE PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION THAT RESULT FROM EXPOSURE OF THE AGENT TO THE FIRE OR INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS HOT SURFACES. UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE OF PERSONNEL EITHER TO THE CYLINDERWEIGHT AND PRESSURE SHALL BE CHECKED AT LEAST SEMIANNUALLY, IF THE CYLINDER NATURAL AGENT OR TO THE PRODUCTS OF DECOMPOSITION SHALL BE ASSEMBLY IS PROVIDED WITH A UGUID LEVEL INDICATOR REFER TO JANUS FIRE SYSTEMSE FM.2000 AVOIDED OPERATION, DESIGN, AND SERVICE MANUAL, DOC/Ol, DOC102 FOR INSTRUCTIONS. THE CONTAINER SHALL BE REFILLED OR REPLACED WHEN IT SHOWS A LOSS /N AGENT QUANTITY OF MORE THAN PERCENT ORA LOSS IN PRESSURE (ADJUSTED FOR TEMPERATURE) OF MORE THAN Vi EECVCLA/0 PROTECTS T T500S555U/I 5/ 50007518/1558 OSCSSSO/ 551.710 OOSI 055:00 00S50,1. 08 CO1.1.ECPEO 550 RECYCL-OINAN A..N ALL NN AIDHOCCORDONCN WIT' NRSH L.AWsNW NO AR100L0500s PERCENT. ('JdP[LJS RECYWNG CLEAN AGENT CROWN POINT, INDIANA USA 40YC CL AN AGENT/VT GUI/HI TEL)? 5/ 563 800 P83(29)66343 U SYSTEM UNIT DO NOT COVER, REMOVE, OR DEFACE THIS LABEL. 'F I S.B - S Y TB M, a' APPROVED LISTED LISTED PART NO 58800 Figure 5.10 FM-200® Cylinder Label Document# DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPRQVEII LISTED Revision F 4OVE * "I MIL,STEMS Page: 69 5.11 Transportation Information Cylinders filled with FM_200® and pressurized with nitrogen are considered the following classifications for shipping purposes: Proper Shipping Name: LIQUEFIED GASES Hazard Class : 2.2 I.D. No. (UN/NA) : UN1058 DOT Hazardous Materials Description: non-flammable charged with nitrogen FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 usiiu usrro spprivtu Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4YIE I I Page: 70 ANUS 1RE SYSTEMS' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 <Z.J1> Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVED LISTED LISTED 40YE FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F 0"? IM, us Page: 71 iiu SYSTEMS' Section 6 System Inspection and Maintenance 6 SYSTEM INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Each Janus Fire Systems® F.M200® Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System must be properly inspected and maintained at regular intervals by competent individuals qualified in the installation and testing of clean agent extinguishing systems and thoroughly trained in the functions they are expected to perform. It is the owner's responsibility to coordinate and schedule inspection and maintenance and verify that individuals performing the functions are properly trained as required by NFPA 2001. 6.1 Monthly Inspection Inspection is a quick check of the system and is intended to give reasonable assurance that the system is fully charged and operational. This is done by reviewing the system to check that it has not been tampered with, all components are in place, no physical damage exists or no condition exists that could prevent operation. This section does not cover inspection requirements of the detection, control, and releasing system. Consult NFPA 72 and the appropriate technical manual for those products and instructions on performing inspection. The individual conducting the inspection should be familiar and knowledgeable with the system components and the intended operation of the system. The system should be inspected on monthly intervals or more frequently if conditions dictate, with records maintained identifying as a minimum the person performing the inspection, date of inspection, observations, and results of the inspection noting any action to be taken. A minimum of the following items should be checked during inspection: Visually verify that the control panel is free of trouble or alarm conditions. Check each cylinder bracket to make certain the cylinder is securely mounted. Check the pressure gauge on each cylinder to determine that cylinder pressure is in the correct range for the temperature. Check to make certain the discharge piping is properly connected to the discharge outlet. Check that all actuators are properly installed on the cylinder valves: electric valve actuator on primary cylinder and pneumatic valve actuators on any slave cylinders. Check the manual valve actuator to be certain the ring pin is properly installed and sealed in place. Check that all pilot actuation piping is properly connected. Visually inspect all components for any signs of damage, denting, corrosion, etc. Check the nozzles to make sure they are properly aimed, securely connected to the pipe, free of debris, not painted, and that no objects are blocking their discharge pattern. Visually check detectors to make certain they are in place, not damaged, not coated with dust, dirt or debris, not painted, and not obstructed. FM200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & Document# DOC102 SERVICE MANUAL Revision F ® Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED ®piiavij Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVt Page: 72 * M. ~ Uj ~ & I Section 6 System Inspection and Maintenance RESY Check all electric manual release stations and abort switches to make certain they have not been tampered with, are in their normal and operational condition, are accessible, and are visible. Check all alarm devices to make certain they have not been tampered with, are not damaged or dirty, corroded, etc. I . Check all warning signs to make certain they are in place, not covered or obstructed, not painted over, and easily visible. I . Check all doors to confirm they are not blocked or held open and that automatic door closures will allow doors to close. Visually inspect the hazard for any changes that may have occurred such as additional partitions, moved I partitions, new equipment, different fuels, openings or penetrations for cable or ductwork, HVAC modifications, etc. Any discrepancy or problem found during inspection must be brought to the attention of the proper personnel and corrected. 6.2 Maintenance Maintenance is a thorough check of the system and is intended to give maximum assurance that the system will operate effectively and safely. It includes a thorough examination and any necessary repair, recharge, part replacement, or hydrostatic testing that may be required. This section does not cover maintenance and service requirements of the detection, control, and releasing system. Consult NFPA 72 and the appropriate technical manual for those products and instructions on performing service and maintenance. Notify all appropriate personnel that the fire extinguishing system will be disconnected and not functional during the duration of the service. When service is completed notify all appropriate personnel to make them aware that the system is back in service. Appropriate personnel may include the facility Owner or Manager, Safety Director or Manager, Security Director or Manager, Emergency Response Team, Maintenance, Department Manager, or local Fire Department. Those individuals responsible for maintenance of a Janus Fire Systems® FIV12OO® clean agent fire extinguishing system must be trained. Minimally, the date of service, name of technician performing the service, results of the service, gross weight, agent weight, cylinder pressure, cylinder temperature, and any other observations should be recorded noting any action taken to address or rectify a discrepancy. I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVBJ LISTED 40YE I I I I I Page: 73 0-I ANUIS 'FIRE sysis' Section 6 System Inspection and Maintenance 6.2.1 Semi-Annual Maintenance In addition to the monthly inspection steps, at least semiannually the agent quantity and pressure shall be checked. 6.2.1.1 Pressure Check Check the pressure indicated by the gauge and the temperature of the cylinder and compare with the Table 6.2.1.1 in Appendix B. If the gauge pressure is below the pressure shown in the "90% Pressure" column for the temperature of the cylinder, the cylinder must be removed from service, agent recovered, all leaks identified and repaired, and the cylinder refilled. 6.2.1.2 Liquid Level Indicator The liquid level indicator may be used in the Mv and Lv Series Systems to approximate the fill weight of a cylinder without having to disconnect the cylinder. The ambient temperature of the cylinder must first be measured before obtaining a measure with the liquid level indicator. Make certain the cylinder is stored at this temperature for at least 24 hours to ensure an accurate reading. Remove the protective cap on the liquid level indicator and slowly pull the tape until the magnet engages. Record the measurement on the tape to the nearest eighth of an inch. Consult the graphs located in Appendix B of this manual and use this measurement along with the ambient temperature to determine the approximate weight of the cylinder contents. If the weight determined from this graph shows a 5% or greater loss from the fill weight stamped on the cylinder label, the cylinder must be weighed to confirm these readings. See Section 6.2.1.2 for instructions on weighing. [Note: The weight values indicated on the graphs located in Appendix B may show fill weights less than or greater than the Listed/Approved fills weights (capacities) shown in Table 2.1.1 "Cylinder Capacities" on page 6 of this manual. Do not exceed or underfill the cylinder capacities noted in Table 2.1.1.] Once measurement is recorded, replace the tape in the liquid level indicator. First pull the tape until the magnet disengages and then slide it back into the cylinder. Make certain the cap is replaced. 6.2.1.3 Cylinder Weighing `The cylinder shall be weighed on a calibrated scale and the weight compa:ed to the weight stamped on the cylinder label. When weighing the cylinder the anti-recoil safety plug or device must be installed in the discharge outlet and the electric or pneumatic valve actuator must be removed from the cylinder valve and the shipping cap installed on the top of the valve. The maximum weight loss allowed is 5% of the fill weight (agent weight). Example: A 130 lb (59.0 kg) cylinder filled with 76 lb (34.5 kg) of agent with a total weight stamped on the cylinder label of 163 lb (73.94 kg) can have a maximum loss of 3.8 lb (1.73 kg) or 5% of 76 (5% of 34.5). If the agent weight is below 72.2 lb (32.77 kg) or the total cylinder weight is below 159.2 lb (72.21 kg) (163 - 3.8) (73.94 - 1.73) the cylinder must be removed from service, agent recovered, all leaks identified & repaired, and the cylinder refilled. FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC1O2 ® Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F usmo USTED APPROM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Page: 74 *1; M— ujs; Section 6 System Inspection and Maintenance -1111LE SYSTEMS' 6.2.2 Annual Maintenance In addition to the monthly inspection steps and semiannual maintenance the system shall be thoroughly examined at least once each year. A minimum of the following steps should be performed during the annual maintenance: Survey the hazard to determine if it has changed from what the system was designed to protect. While surveying the hazard look for different fuels, loss of hazard integrity, new hazards, etc. If discrepancies are found the changes must be noted and the system re-calculated to determine if the system is appropriate for the existing hazard. Thoroughly inspect the perimeter of the enclosure for penetrations or openings that could adversely affect agent leakage. Any openings found should be noted on the service report and sealed. Remove all actuators from cylinder valves and test for proper operation. Leave all actuators off until service is completed. AWARNING Do not install the electric, pneumatic, or manual valve actuators until the system has been fully inspected. Failure to comply could result in personal injury or death from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. Examine the cylinder and valve assembly for any signs of damage, denting, corrosion, etc. as described in NFPA 2001. If any deficiency is identified the cylinder shall be hydrostatically tested. Check the cylinder bracket for corrosion or damage and make certain it is securely fastened to a rigid vertical structure. Check to be certain the cylinder is securely installed in the bracket with the appropriate fasteners and that the bracket is at the correct height Check all nozzles to make certain they are securely installed on the pipe, aimed properly, not corroded, not plugged, correct orifice size, correct style, and the discharge pattern is not obstructed. Check the condition of the piping to make certain it is properly secured in the hangers and all fittings are tight. Visually inspect the pilot actuation hose for signs of damage, corrosion, abrasions, weather checking, or aging. If any deficiency is identified the hose shall be replaced or hydrostatically tested. Document# DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F 4OVE Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPaVED LISTED LISTED JAN Page: 75 I s y~ Section 6 System Inspection and Maintenance Check all warning signs to make certain they are in place, mounted securely, readable, not damaged, and not obstructed. Perform a frill functional test of the detection, control, and release system to be certain the sequence of operation is correct, all detectors function as intended, electric manual release stations operate, abort switches operate, all electric valve actuators function properly, all alarm devices operate, all doors and dampers close, HVAC shuts down, and power shuts off to the hazard area. For detailed instructions follow procedures in the appropriate control system technical manual and consult NFPA 72. Reset all electric manual release stations, abort switches, the control panel, and all actuators. After the control panel has returned to normal with no trouble signals, no supervisory signals, and no alarm signals and all valve actuators have been reset, reconnect the discharge pipe/hose and reinstall all pneumatic, electric, and manual valve actuators following the procedures outlined in sections 5.3 through 5.5. 6.2.3 Five Year Maintenance In addition to the monthly inspection, semiannual maintenance, and annual maintenance, the agent cylinders shall be thoroughly examined and the system actuation hoses shall be hydrostatically tested every five years. All cylinders shall be visually examined in accordance with NFPA 2001 and the Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6. Section 3; except that the cylinders need not be emptied or stamped while under pressure. FM2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & Document # DOC102 SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 USTED USTEO sppavio Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE I Page: 76 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I Olm is ~-~V FIRE SYSTEMS Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPROVED LISTED Revision F 4OYE OJANUS Page: 71 FIRE SYSTEMS" Section 7 System Recharge and Reset 7 SYSTEM RECHARGE AND RESET Those individuals responsible for maintenance of a Janus Fire Systems® FM2OO® clean agent fire extinguishing system must be trained. To maintain FM Approval cylinder recharge must be done at a Janus Fire Systems® recognized facility. This chapter does not include instructions on resetting the automatic control system. Refer to the appropriate technical manual for this information. 7.1 Piping and Nozzles High heat from a fire could damage piping and nozzles, and possibly pipe support members. Check all pipe supports and fittings for any signs of damage or corrosion. Remove nozzles from pipe and inspect for damage, corrosion, or obstructions. Clean nozzles and reinstall making certain to tighten and aim properly. 7.2 Recharging Recharge consists of removing the cylinder, reconditioning and cleaning the valve assembly, and refilling and pressurizing the cylinder. AWARNING 1 Do not transport the cylinder unless the anti-recoil safety device is in place. Handle the cylinder assembly with care even when the safety device is in place. Do not apply excessive force to the low-pressure supervisory switch or attempt to carry the cylinder assembly or valve assembly by the low-pressure switch. The low-pressure supervisory switch is not designed or intended to be used to carry the cylinder or valve. If the low-pressure supervisory switch breaks at the fitting agent will discharge through the port causing possible personal injury or property damage. 7.2.1 Removing The Cylinder Remove the electric and pneumatic valve actuators and install the shipping cap onto the valve actuation connection. Remove the empty cylinders by removing the discharge pipe and installing the anti-recoil safety plug or device. Disconnect the low-pressure supervisory switch electrical connector. For Mv and Lv Series cylinders, remove the low-pressure supervisory switch and pressure gauge assemblies from the cylinder valve. àWARNING Do not remove the pressure gauge or low-pressure supervisory switch from the Sv cylinder valve during the recharge process. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & Document # DOC102 SERVICE MANUAL Revision F ® Issued: February 1, 2009 usmo LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4tVE I 6-1 - MU& -FIRE SYSTEMS I Page: 78 Section 7 System Recharge and Reset Remove the cylinder from the bracket only after ensuring all appropriate safety measures have been complied with and all relevant warnings noted. 7.2.2 Cleaning and Servicing The Valve Assembly Janus Fire Systems recommends that the following steps be followed prior to refilling the cylinder(s): AWARNING Check the pressure gauge and cylinder weight to verify the cylinder is empty and at atmospheric pressure before attempting to remove the valve. Failure to comply could result in personal injury or death from violent cylinder movement or over-exposure to high concentrations of agent. Remove the valve assembly from the cylinder. Remove the dip tube from the valve assembly. Remove the top cap. Push the piston assembly up and out of the top of the valve body and inspect both the piston and valve body bore for damage. Clean all internal valve surfaces using caution not to scratch or nick the seating surfaces. Hold the piston in place by carefully gripping the smaller diameter cylindrical surface with a strap wrench or similar device. Use a pin-style spanner wrench to remove the piston cap by turning it counter-clockwise. Replace the lower piston 0-ring around the piston cap. Reinstall the piston cap using the strap wrench and spanner wrench. Tighten until the cap bottoms out on the piston body. • Remove the upper piston 0-ring on the piston body and discard. Lubricate the new upper piston 0-ring with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent and install the new upper piston 0-ring onto the piston body. Lightly lubricate the internal valve bore with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent and insert the valve piston into the valve body. Remove the valve cap 0-ring and discard. To prevent damage to the new valve cap 0-ring during installation cover the threads of the valve cap with masking tape. Lightly lubricate the new valve cap 0-ring with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent and install on the valve cap. Remove masking tape from valve cap threads and clean the threads on the valve cap. Carefully thread the top cap onto the valve assembly. Tighten securely, do not apply excessive force. Document # DOC102 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APpvEfl LISTED LISTED 405E I I I [11 JA X, FtRE SYSTEMS Page: 79 Section 7 System Recharge and Reset Collar 0-ring 17551 18400 18400 Upper Piston 0-ring 17552 18475 18398 Lower Piston 0-ring 17553 18476 18399 Valve Cap 0-ring 17551 18399 18397 Valve Core 16999 16999 16999 Piston Assembly 17335 18471 18393 Valve Rebuild Kit' 17030 19019 19020 'Valve Rebuild Kit includes the appropriate collar 0-ring, valve cap 0-ring, piston assembly (with upper and lower piston 0-ring), and valve core for the cylinder valve indicated by the kit part number. Remove the collar 0-ring and discard. To prevent damage to the new collar O-ring during installation cover the threads of the valve body with masking tape. Lightly lubricate the new collar 0-ring with Molykote 55 by Dow Corning (P/N 19056) or equivalent and install on the valve body. Clean the threads on the dip tube and thread into the valve body assembly. Tighten securely. Remove masking tape and clean the collar threads on the valve body. Clean the seating surface of the cylinder collar. Install valve assembly into cylinder, tighten securely. Reinstall the low-pressure supervisory switch and pressure gauge assemblies on Mv and Lv Series valve assemblies. 7.2.3 Recharge Procedure Follow the procedures outlined in the technical manual supplied with the recharge station to fill the cylinder to the correct amount by weight. See nameplate for fill weight and fill to a minimum of the stamped fill weight and no more than 1/4 pound (4 oz) (113 g) above the stamped fill weight. The pressure gauge on the cylinder shall not be used to determine when the proper charge pressure has been reached. A pressure regulator must be used when the pressure source is a tank of high pressure gas. Pressurize cylinder with dry nitrogen to required pressure based on the ambient temperature. Forcefully agitate the cylinder while pressurizing so the agent can absorb nitrogen. Add nitrogen as necessary until the required pressure is reached. Once required pressure is reached, use the valve closing adapter (P/N 17292) to close the valve. The procedure to close the valve is: Close the ball valve controlling flow of agent and nitrogen through the valve outlet. Set the regulator on the nitrogen supply used to close the valve to 550 psi (38 bar). Momentarily open the ball valve controlling nitrogen flow to the recharge adapter. The ball valve should not remain open for more than 2 seconds to avoid over pressurizing the cylinder. Close ball valve after step 4 is completed. FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & Document # DOC102 SERVICE MANUAL Revision F ® Z$j' Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APffiIWElJ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE Li I Page: 80 JJS Section 7 System Recharge and Reset FIRE SYSTEMS Vent the pressure from the recharge fitting attached to the valve outlet by opening and closing the vent ball valve. Immediately close the ball valve opened in step 3. 1 Once the pressure is removed from the outlet adapter the system cylinder valve should be closed. Open the vent ball valve at the outlet adapter. Absence of pressure verifies that the valve is closed. If I pressure is present, close the vent valve immediately and repeat the valv& closing procedure starting at step 2. I . Let cylinder assembly stand for 3 hours and check for leaks using a soap solution. Check cylinder gauge pressure based on pressure temperature chart. Weigh cylinder assembly to be certain the filled weight is correct and equal to the total weight shown I . on the cylinder label. Replace the charged cylinder in the bracket and follow procedures outlined in Section 4 and Section 5 I to reinstall the system. 1 Inform appropriate personnel that the system is back in service. I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL I Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPIOVEO LISTED 40VE Page: 81 'F1ttE SYSTEMS Appendix A Material Safety Datasheet FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED SPI'IIUVSIJ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Page: 82 JANUS Appendix A Material Safety Data Sheet This MSDS adheres to the standards and regulatory requirements of the United States and may not meet the regulatory requirements in other countries. SECTION 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Product name FM-200 Tradename/Synonym : FE-227 2-Hydroperfluoropropane Propane, 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoro- HFC-227eaH P 2-Hydroheptafluoropropane Heptafluoropropane 2-H-heptafluoropropane 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane R-227 R227 H FC-227ea MSDS Number : 130000036866 Product Use : Fire extinguishing agent Manufacturer : DuPont 1007 Market Street Wilmington, DE 19898 Product Information : 1-800-441-7515 (outside the U.S. 1-302-774-1000) Medical Emergency : 1-800-441-3637 (outside the U.S. 1-302-774-1139) Transport Emergency : CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300 (outside the U.S. 1-703-527-3887) SECTION 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Emergency Overview Misuse or intentional inhalation abuse may lead to death without warning. Vapours are heavier than air and can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for breathing. Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause frostbite. Potential Health Effects Skin : Contact with liquid or refrigerated gas can cause cold burns and frostbite. I I I I I 1 I I 1 I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 LISTED Revision F 4OVE 6 LANtS FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 83 Appendix A Material Safety Data Sheet Eyes : Contact with liquid or refrigerated gas can cause cold burns and frostbite. Inhalation : Misuse or intentional inhalation abuse may cause death without warning symptoms, due to cardiac effects. Other symptoms potentially related to misuse or inhalation abuse are: Anaesthetic effects, Light-headedness, dizziness, confusion, incoordination, drowsiness, or unconsciousness, irregular heartbeat with a strange sensation in the chest, heart thump ng, apprehension, feeling of fainting, dizziness or weakness. Vapours are heavier than air and can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for breathing. Carcinogenicity None of the components present in this material at concentrations equal to or greater than 0.1% are listed by IARC, NTP, or OSHA, as a carcinogen. SECTION 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Component CAS-No. Concentration 1,1,1 ,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane 431-89-0 100% SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES Skin contact : In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Take off all contaminated clothing immediately. Consult a physician. Wash contaminated clothing before re-use. Treat for frostbite if necessary by gently warming affected area. Eye contact : In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Consult a physician if necessary. Inhalation : Remove from exposure, lie down. Move to fresh air. Keep patient warm and at rest. Artificial respiration and/or oxygen may be necessary. Consult a physician. FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F ssued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPRIJ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I I I I Page: 84 Appendix A I Material Safety Data Sheet I Ingestion I General advice Notes to physician I 61ANQU N FIRE SYSTEMS Is not considered a potential route of exposure. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. When symptoms persist or in all cases of doubt seek medical advice. Because of possible disturbances of cardiac rhythm, catecholamine drugs, such as epinephrine, that may be used in situations of emergency life support should be used with special caution. SECTION 5, FIREFIGHTING MEASURES Fire and Explosion Hazard : The product is not flammable. Hazardous decomposition products : Hydrogen fluoride, Carbonyl fluoride Suitable extinguishing media : This material is a fire extinguishing agent. SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES NOTE: Review FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES and HANDLING (PERSONNEL) sections before proceeding with clean- Up. Use appropriate PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT during clean-up. Safeguards (Personnel) : Evacuate personnel, thoroughly ventilate area, use self-contained breathing apparatus. Keep upwind of leak - evacuate until gas has dispersed. I Spill Cleanup : Ventilate area using forced ventilation, especially low or enclosed places where heavy vapors might collect. n SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE I Handling (Personnel) : Do not breathe gas. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. Provide sufficient air exchange and/or exhaust in work rooms. For personal protection see section 8. Wash hands thoroughly after handling. Wash clothing after use. Decomposition will occur when product comes in contact with open I flame or electrical heating elements. Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice. I I 1 Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APF1OVED LISTED 4OVE S." JANUS Page: 85 'FIRE SYSTEMS* Appendix A Material Safety Data Sheet Storage : Valve protection caps and valve cutlet threaded plugs must remain in place unless container is secured with valve outlet piped to use point. Do not drag, slide or roll cylinders. Never attempt to lift cylinder by its cap. Use a check valve or trap in the discharge line to prevent hazardous back flow into the cylinder. Cylinders should be stored upright and firmly secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Separate full containers from empty containers. Keep at temperature not exceeding 52°C. Do not store near combustible materials. Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place. Store in original container. Protect from contamination. Avoid area where salt or other corrosive materials are present. Storage temperature : <52 °C (< 126 °F) SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION Engineering controls : Use only with adequate ventilation. Keep container tightly closed. Personal protective equipment Respiratory protection : Wear NIOSH approved respiratory protection as appropriate. Hand protection : Additional protection: Impervious gloves Eye protection : Safety glasses with side-shields Additionally wear a face shield where the possibility exists for face contact due to splashing, spraying or airborne contact with this material. Skin and body protection : Where there is potential for skin contact, have available and wear as appropriate, impervious gloves, apron, pants, jacket, hood and boots. Protective measures : Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) is required if a large release occurs. Exposure Guidelines Exposure Limit Values 1,1 , 1 ,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane AEL * (DUPONT) 1,000 ppm 8 & 12 hr. TWA FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Iss Revision F ued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPj Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I I I Page: 86 Appendix A ANtJ TRE SYSTEMS* Material Safety Data Sheet * AEL is DuPont's Acceptable Exposure Limit. Where governmentally imposed occupational exposure limits which are lower than the AEL are in effect, such limits shall take precedence. SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Form : Liquefied gas Odor : none Melting point/range : -131 °C (-204 °F) Boiling point : -16.3 °C (2.7 °F) Vapour Pressure : 4,547 hPa at 25 00 (77 °F) Density : 1.388 g/cm3 at 25 00 (77 °F) / (as liquid) SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability : Stable at normal temperatures and storage conditions. Incompatibility : Alkali metals Alkaline earth metals, Powdered metals, Powdered metal salts Hazardous decomposition : Hazardous decomposition products , Hydrogen fluoride , Carbonyl fluoride, products Carbon monoxide, Carbon dioxide Hazardous reactions : Polymerization will not occur. SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION FM-200 Inhalation 4 h LC50 : > 788698 ppm , rat Inhalation : dog Cardiac sensitization Dermal : not applicable Oral : not applicable Skin irritation : No skin irritation, Not tested on animals [1 1 1 I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 Zc.J' j:T ijJ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APwOvtn LISTED LISTED 40Y5 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F LI] I I [1 I 1 I Page: 87 -qIRE Appendix A Material Safety Data Sheet Not expected to cause skin irritation based on expert review of the properties of the substance. Eye irritation : No eye irritation, Not tested on anima13 Not expected to cause eye irritation based on expert review of the properties of the substance. Sensitisation : Does not cause skin sensitization., Not tested on animals Not expected to cause sensitization based on expert review of the properties of the substance. Did not cause sensitization on laboratory animals. There are no reports of human respiratory sensitization. Repeated dose toxicity : Inhalation rat No toxicologically significant effects were found. Carcinogenicity : Overall weight of evidence indicates that the substance is not carcinogenic. Mutagenicity : Did not cause genetic damage in animals. Did not cause genetic damage in cultured mammalian cells. Did not cause genetic damage in cultured bacterial cells. Reproductive toxicity Animal testing showed no reproductive toxicity. Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. Teratogenicity : Animal testing showed no developmental toxicity. Further information : Cardiac sensitisation threshold limit : 730190 mg/m3 SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Aquatic Toxicity FM-200 0 1 96 h LC50 : Danio rerio (zebra fish) > 200 mg/I Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. 96 h LC50 Oncorhynchus mykiss (rainbow trout) > 81.8 mg/I I P1 I FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F ® ZjJ Document # DOC1O2IJj Issued: February 1, 2009 (151W LISTED ssavta Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE I Page: 88 Qt M'Uls Appendix A FIRE Material Safety Data Sheet Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. 72 h EC50 : Pseudokirchneriella subcapitata> 114 mg/I Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. 72 h ECSO : Pseudokirchneriella subcapitata> 118 mg/I Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. 48 h EC50 Daphnia magna (Water flea) > 200 mg/I Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. 48 h EC50 : Daphnia magna (Water flea) > 97.9 mg/I Information given is based on data obtained from similar substances. Environmental Fate FM-200 Biodegradability aerobic Biodegradability aerobic 1 % OECD Test Guideline 301 Not readily biodegradable. 5 % OECD Test Guideline 301 Not readily biodegradable. SECTION 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS Waste Disposal : Can be used after re-conditioning. Recover by distillation or remove to a permitted waste disposal facility. Comply with applicable Federal, State/Provincial and Local Regulations. Environmental Hazards : Empty pressure vessels should be returned to the supplier. [1 I I I Li SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION DOT UN number Proper shipping name Class Labelling No. IATA_C UN number 1058 LIQUEFIED GASES, non-flammable charged with nitrogen 2.2 2.2 1058 I 1 1 Li I 1 I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPEDVED LISTED LIS1I 40ff FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F 19'1~ ANUS Ftlu SYSTEMS' Page: 89 Material Safety Data Sheet Proper shipping name Class Labelling No. lMDG UN number Proper shipping name Class Labelling No. LIQUEFIED GASES, non-flammable charged with nitrogen 2.2 2.2 1058 LIQUEFIED GASES, non-flammable charged with nitrogen 2.2 2.2 SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION SARA 313 Regulated : SARA 313: This material does not contain any chemical components with Chemical(s) known CAS numbers that exceed the threshold (De Minimis) reporting levels established by SARA Title Ill, Section 313. California Prop. 65 : Chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or any other harm: none known SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION Health Flammability Reactivity/Physical hazard PPE HMIS 0 0 Personal Protection rating to be supplied by user depending on use conditions. FM-200 is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company Before use read DuPont's safety information. For further information contact the local DuPont office or DuPont's nominated distributors. ® DuPont's registered trademark The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, information and belief at the date of its publication. The information given is designed only as a guidance for safe handling, use, processing, FM200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 4OYE LISTED LISTED tppsovtn Revised: 11-Nov-2011 I Page: 90 *R1 AU F!RE SYSTEMS H Material Safety Data Sheet I storage, transportation, disposal and release and is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. The I information relates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such material used in combinatioi with any other materials or in any process, unless specified in the text. Significant change from previous version is denoted with a double bar. 1 1 H I I I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 AppjVJ LISTED 40VE ANUS Page: 91 FIRE SYSTEMS Appendix B Assorted Charts & Worksheets FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPRGVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40YE I Page: 92 Appendix B 04ANUIS 'FIRE SYSTEMS' B.1 Design Worksheet U.S. Standard FM-2008 Surface Fire Requirements FIRESYSTEMS Class A/ Class C Project: I I Date: I Hazard: J Engineer: Required FM-200® - UL (6.7% Concentration) Design FM-2000 Altitude Required Weight Volume Concentration Weight Correction FM-200® Factor © 70°F Sea Level Factor' ftx .0325 = lbs x = lbs Required FM-2000 - FM (7% Concentration) Design FM-200® Altitude Required Weight Volume Concentration Weight Correction FM2000 Factor © 70°F Sea Level Factor' ft3x J .0341 = lbs x = lbs Note: For other design concentrations or ambient temperatures use the formula located in section 3.2. Storage Requirements Required Weight FM-2000 Number of Cylinders Weight per Cylinder lbs / = lbs I cylinder2 --:::] Cylinders Main Cylinders Reserve Series Nominal Fill Capacity Series Nominal Fill Capacity Minimum Maximum Minimum Size Maximum Qty Valve Cylinder Size Qty Valve Cylinder Sv 40 lb 22 lbs 43 lbs Mv 420 lb 211 lbs 422 lbs Sv 80 lb 41 lbs 81 lbs Lv 600 lb 304 lbs 607 lbs Sv 130 lb 66 lbs 131 lbs Lv 900 lb 455 lbs 910 lbs MV 250 lb 138 lbs 274 lbs Lv 1000 lb 619 lbs 1000 lbs 1 See Table 3.1.4 for altitude correction factor. 2 Agent weights must be rounded UP to the nearest whole pound when ordering for filling purposes. Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPBVED LISTED 40VE Om- -;;Us IRE SYSTEMS Page: 93 Appendix B B.2 Design Worksheet I Metric JJJ FM-200® Surface Fire Requirements 'FIRE SYSTEMS Class A/ Class C Project: I I Date: I Hazard: Engineer: Required FM-2000 - UL (6.1% Concentration) Design FM-2000 Altitude Required Weight Volume Concentration Weight Correction FM-200® Factor @20°C Sea Level Factor' 1 M3 X I .52301 = kg x = kg Required FM-200® - FM (1% Concentration) Design FM-2000 Altitude Required Weight Volume Concentration Weight Correction FM-200® Factor @20°C Sea Level Factor' = kg I I m3 x .5483 = I kg x 1 1 Note: For other design concentrations or ambient temperatures use the formula located in section 3.2. Storage Requirements Required Weight FM-200® Number of Cylinders Weight per Cylinder kg / I =F kg I cylinder' I Cylinders Main Cylinders Reserve Series Nominal Fill Capacity Series Nominal Fill Capacity Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Qty Valve Cylinder Size Qty Valve Cylinder Size Sv 40 lb 22 lbs 43 lbs Mv 420 lb 211 lbs 422 lbs (10.0 kg) (19.5 kg) (95.7 kg) (191.4 kg) Sv 80 lb 41 lbs 81 lbs Lv 600 lb 304 lbs 607 lbs (18.6 kg) (36.7 kg) (137.9 kg) (275.3 kg) Sv 130 lb 66 lbs 131 lbs Lv 900 lb 455 lbs 910 lbs (29.9 kg) 1 (59.4 kg) (206.4 kg) (412.8 kg) Mv Mv lb U250 lb 138 lbs 274 lbs 1 Lv 1000 lb 619 lbs 1000 lbs (62.6 kg) (124.3 kg) (280.8 kg) (453.6 kg) 1 See Table 3.1.4 for altitude correction factor. 2 Agent weights calculated using metric measurements must be converted to pounds and rounded UP to the nearest whole pound when ordering for filling purposes. See Table B.2a for conversion factors. FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED spsnvei Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4DYE I Page: 94 (A JNUS Appendix B 10 1.9264 0.0346 0.0373 0.0391 0.0439 0.0451 0.0513 0.0577 0.0609 0.0642 20 1.9736 0.0338 0.0364 0.0381 0.0429 0.0441 0.0501 0.0563 0.0594 0.0626 30 2.0210 0.0330 0.0355 0.0372 0.0419 0.0430 0.0489 0.0550 0.0580 0.0612 40 2.0678 0.0322 0.0347 0.0364 0.0409 0.0421 0.0478 0.0537 0.0567 0.0598 50 2.1146 0.0315 0.0340 0.0356 0.0400 0.0411 0.0468 0.0525 0.0555 0.0584 60 2.1612 0.0308 0.0332 0.0348 0.0391 0.0402 0.0458 0.0514 0.0543 0.0572 70 2.2075 0.0302 0.0325 0.0341 0.0383 0.0394 0.0448 0.0503 0.0531 0.0560 80 2.2538 0.0296 0.0319 0.0334 0.0375 0.0386 0.0439 0.0493 0.0521 0.0548 90 2.2994 0.0290 0.0312 0.0327 0.0368 0.0378 0.0430 0.0483 0.0510 0.0538 100 2.3452 0.0284 0.0306 0.0321 0.0361 0.0371 0.0422 0.0474 0.0500 0.0527 110 2.3912 0.0279 0.0300 0.0315 0.0354 0.0364 0.0414 0.0465 0.0491 0.0517 120 2.4366 0.0274 0.0295 0.0309 0.0347 0.0357 0.0406 0.0456 0.0481 0.0507 130 2.4820 0.0269 0.0289 0.0303 0.0341 0.0350 0.0398 0.0448 0.0473 0.0498 140 2.5272 0.0264 0.0284 0.0298 0.0335 0.0344 0.0391 0.0440 0.0464 0.0489 150 2.5727 0.0259 0.0279 0.0293 0.0329 0.0338 0.0384 0.0432 0.0456 0.0480 I I I I I I [1 Document # DOC102 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 FM UI. ULC Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APpOVEO LISTED usmi 4OVE Page: 95 ~FIIKE SYSTEMS* Appendix B -10 0.1215 0.5487 0.5910 0.6196 0.6963 0.7158 0.8142 0.9147 0.9656 1.0174 -5 0.1241 0.5372 0.5787 0.6064 0.6817 0.7005 0.7987 0.8951 0.9454 0.9957 0 0.1268 0.5258 0.5664 0.5936 0.6672 0.6858 0.7800 0.8763 0.9253 0.9748 5 0.1294 0.5152 0.5550 0.5816 0.6538 0.6719 0.7642 0.8586 0.9066 0.9550 10 0.1320 0.5051 0.5440 0.5700 0.6409 0.6585 0.7490 0.8414 0.8888 0.9360 15 0.1347 0.4949 0.5331 0.5589 0.6281 0.6457 0.7344 0.8251 0.8710 0.9178 20 0.1373 0.4856 0.5230 0.5483 0.6162 0.6335 0.7205 0.8094 0.8545 0.9004 25 0.1399 0.4765 0.5133 0.5382 0.6047 0.6217 0.7071 0.7944 0.8386 0.8837 30 0.1425 0.4678 0.5039 0.5284 0.5937 0.6104 0.6943 0.7800 0.8233 0.8676 35 0.1450 0.4598 0.4953 0.5190 0.5834 0.5996 0.6819 0.7661 0.8091 0.8522 40 0.1476 0.4517 0.4865 0.5099 0.5732 0.5891 0.6701 0.7528 0.7948 0.8374 45 0.1502 0.4439 0.4781 0.5012 0.5632 0.5790 0.6586 0.7399 0.7811 0.8230 50 0.1527 0.4366 0.4703 0.4929 0.5540 0.5694 0.6476 0.7276 0.7683 0.8093 55 0.1553 0.4293 0.4624 0.4847 0.5447 0.5600 0.6369 0.7156 0.7554 0.7960 60 0.1578 0.4225 0.4551 0.4770 0.5361 0.5510 0.6267 0.7041 0.7435 0.7832 Document # DOC1O2 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Ij KjI- tssued: February 1, 2009 Revision F usiso LISTED APPROVED Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4oVE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page: 96 Appendix B Acetone Acetonitrile t-Amyl Alcohol AV Gas Benzene n-Butane n-Butanol 2-Butoxyethanol 2-Butoxyethyl Acetate n-Butyl Acetate Carbon disulfide Chioroethane Crude Oil Cyclohexane Cyclohexylarnine Cyclopentanone 1,2-Dichloroethane Diesel N,N-Diethylethanolamine Diethyl Ether Ethane Ethanol Ethyl Acetate Ethyl Benzene Ethylene Ethylene Glycol Gasoline n-Hexane 1-Hexene Hydraulic Fluid Hydraulic Oil Hydrogen Isobutyl Alcohol Isopropanol Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 'ZJ Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPI1OVED LISTED uS1 4OVE 04M&US; FIRE SYSTEMS* 8.97 8.71 9.49 8.45 8.71 8.71 9.88 9.62 8.97 9.10 15.34 8.71 8.71 9.36 8.71 9.62 8.71 8.71 10.14 9.75 8.71 10.79 8.84 8.71 10.92 9.88 8.97 8.97 8.97 8.71 8.71 17.16 9.88 9.75 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F 0i Nt Ft A RE SYSTE JS MS Page: 97 Appendix B J P4 8.97 JP5 8.97 Kerosene 9.62 Methane 8.71 Methanol 13.52 2-Methoxyethanol 12.22 Methyl Ethyl Ketone 9.62 Methyl lsobutyl Ketone 9.10 Mineral Sprits 8.71 Morpholine 10.27 Nitromethane 12.87 n-Pentane 8.84 Propane 8.71 1-Propanol 10.01 Propylene 8.71 Propylene Glycol 11.18 Pyrrolidine 9.49 Tetrahydrofuran 9.62 Tetrahydrothiophene 8.71 Toluene 8.71 Tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate 8.71 Transformer Oil 9.49 Xylene 8.71 n-Heptane * 8.71 Tetraethyl Orthosilicate* 10.53 Tetrahydrothiophene (CS Captan)* 8.71 Ukraine Petrol Mixture* 9.49 77.00% octane gaso- line 8.00% isobutynol 14.90% methanol 0.10% H20 FM200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPRflVtt Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page: 98 Appendix B a M". us; 'FIRE SYSTEMS' i-Butane 12.43 1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane (HCFC-142b) 8.71 1,1-Difluoroethane (HFC-152a) 9.46 Difluoromethane (HFC-32) 8.71 Ethylene oxide 14.96 Hydrogen 26.40 Methane 8.80 Pentane 12.76 Propane 12.76 32 0.0 288 (284) 19.86 (19.56) 259 (256) 17.87 (17.62) 40 4.4 303 20.89 273 18.80 50 10 321 22.13 289 19.92 60 15.6 340 23.44 306 21.10 70 21.1 360 24.82 324 22.34 80 26.7 381 26.27 343 23.64 90 32.2 402 27.72 362 24.95 100 37.8 425 29.30 383 26.37 110 43.3 449 30.96 404 27.86 120 48.9 475 32.75 428 29.48 Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPR90 LISTED Revision F 4OVE 611 Ku"S Page: 99 'FIRE SYSTEMS* Appendix B inches (in) 25.4 millimeters (mm) feet (It) 304.8 millimeters (mm) feet (It) 0.3048 meters (m) square inches (in2) 645.16 square millimeters (mm') square feet (It2) 0.0929 square meters (m2) ounces (oz) 28.349 grams (g) pounds (lb) 0.4536 kilograms (kg) cubic inches (in') 16387.06 cubic millimeters (mm3) fluid ounces (II oz) 29.57 milliliters (mL) cubic feet (ft) 0.0283 cubic meters (m3) inches of mercury (inHG) 3.453 kilopascals (kPa) pounds per square inch 6.895 kilopascals (kPa) (psi) pounds per square inch 0.0689 bar (bar) (psi) 5/9 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) (after subtracting degrees Celsius (°C) 32) millimeters (mm) 0.0394 inches (in) millimeters (mm) 0.00328 feet (ft) meters (m) 3.2808 feet (It) square millimeters (mm2) 0.00155 square inches (in2) square meters (m2) 10.764 square feet (ft2) grams (g) 0.03527 ounces (oz) kilograms (kg) 2.205 pounds (lb) 3 cubic millimeters (mm) 0.00006102 cubic inches (in') milliliters (mL) 0.0338 fluid ounces (fl oz) 3 cubic meters (m) 35.336 cubic feet (ft3) kilopascals (kPa) 0.2896 inches of mercury (inHG) kilopascals (kPa) 0.1450 pounds per square inch (psi) bar (bar) 14.5138 pounds per square inch (psi) degrees Celsius (°C) 915 (after adding 32) degrees Fahrenheit (°F) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED APPROM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OVE Li Page: 100 Appendix B *ImUS FIRE SYSTEMS' 111111 1111111 11111111111111k __ •• • • •I F • F 100 • • S - ME ME L 7F7ff77JJ MEN ' RV'Lf#iYi • ____ maas___am •••••• S - m'#WVAWYAmama 5ma• MEN _ 55SVL(FFLW RR MEMEMEMMEM MENEM !'11111111 LINE MEN MEN ___55W ma• mmwimmmma MEMMEMEM mamma mamammawAma ma mawwamma 55 5VYZ45flMS 1555 MEN mamwiwm•maa____m•• ma w ma m____ _ WfAS•55RR5 _55555 -a.-.— ____ -.5-- ••U_74 455••••55•RS___5•5•___ 55Emm5SS5-5555 • amass__•-mamaa F' /IzZoo mmsam•maam__-as as NONE • A•555 •555S --mmumm r'45__a_____ ma ••msma••u MEMEMEMEM __ MEN M maims 555-5 ii : Table 6.1.1a Liquid Level Chart-250 lb Cylinder (U.S. Standard) Document#DOC1O2 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 .-- f Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPI1QVSD LISTED LISTED 'lOVE I H I I I I 6-jA,U FFR SYSTEMS Page: 101 Appendix B uu I_u URIUR _-- • IUUUSJiffP' uuauusuuua.—.a. a'w UUSIIIIUIUI MMMMME UIU•UWW7K#LI uuuuauauuuuuuuurrFi'wwf 1 ME 111111111 MEN IUUW,JVFff'h IIUUIRIUUJ7FFFLWZ4II IIUIUUUUIUIUIIU MEEMOMMEEMM UIVFJFf4%. ,,. muiuuuuuuuuuuum MEME uwrii,qiu • UIIIURIIIUUUUIUPW/h'/ • UUUIIauIIRuIr/hwf//AuuuIuIu uuu•uuw'uuuuuuuuua MESISINEEM uuuuu NEMEN uuuuuupqtIvAuuuRRuIu ME uui EMEME w,,uuiuuuiuuuasu MEN uu.uuuwaauuuuuuuuauu uIuuSw////aIuuuIuUuIMuuuu IuraiI..iuuuuuuuu.uau._ui lRI2Wf4UIISUUIUuauuu IvFAuMIuUIuuuuuuauuuauu F4U-_IIuUUIuUURuUIRIuuI ruuUIuuUnauuuuIuuuauusuuu MEN MEMMEME rrmuuuuuuuuuunuuuuuuaaMEN S Table 6.1.1b Liquid Level Chart - 250 lb Cylinder (Metric) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 LISTED LISTED AFPKSVSO Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4CYE I I Page: 102 Appendix B I FERE SYSTEMS' Janus Fire Systems® 420 lb Cylinder (US Standard) IJ. 0 Ln 0 Lfl 0 Lfl Ln Co o m Ln Co o r'J m m m m IZT WEIGHT OF FM-200 (IBS) I Table 6.11c Liquid Level Chart -420 lb Cylinder (U.S. Standard) Document# DOC102 Issued: February 1 2009 zj cj Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPEQVa LISTED USTED 405E FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F *__M,:US FIRE SYSTEMS' Page: 103 Appendix B I•IiUiIIIUUlUIIUIIlIiiIUBUBIUUUiUNUuI Mumma • Mluuuuuuuinu luu:::IIuIuuuIuuuuuIlu• IUBIIl — 0.0 s - 10.0 iBUU•UUUiUUUUIUIl1 III_III_0 .0 • IUUUIlUIIUUUUAW lusmsil... IIUIIUUIIIW4W ____ IIlNIRWAW • Ill_u.... iul.uluuul__ • MlUllhIlflhIj' luIuuuhImiulluIu1u_ulusuliIuuuulI'4pv uuuuu.uu.ui.uuususiu..i.u.uu.uu.uusuu'r.a • Inl.i.uu.Ius...hIul.us.....uus.rrApa'' AWA 1111111- OMENS 41 ME 0 inns an uuuiu • .uuuuuuiuuuus.--uIuwrarr4p''4gzduul • 1111nuu Mms IlI.•l.11l.l..lIlIU _____ luuusuulllusuuuIuluusuuIra'J4j'zp4'#g::::Iusuu UlUusllllIIlUIllhlIIIt'W'ffiilI4r4'4rLJ"41UusIIMulU • IIIUIlUman -nuusIllwrgila''##F4IuIIullIuII Inuuu.uhllIuus.Wra'ils''#A'#z1luI usuuII.uIuu.uuuus.11uhIIr,,jp,F##,4Iu--------1uuI 11 I uu _________ Iuuuul:::uIulIIlIusrF4ra'ilzfiusuuuI 1 • usui MEM0 I MEMO IMEMO lllhuuululuurrrgffffg'uuluulsuulIlu.uuluuI o Mail nom_ Lomas _- 'PWA' FF ---=monsoon ME MOORE Samoan Z_ ____ __ ________MEMO ffFt/AuuusulusllusususuIu•uuusuIusu Iuulii..rt ISO an • OF' Ww~ M Mason F, an mums IIUIl(','AIlIIUlII1_uUIllIlIIIluIIliiiii IllU/fW AUUllhlIl__-_liu•uuususuiuus U•IP/W,', ilUIllhIIlllUIlIIlIIllIUIlllIlIllhIIIIUUIlllI IU/W UushluIusIlllusllUlUfluuuIuuhluuuiu JUUUUUluIlllUIIUllIlIIIllIIx.uH.u.uIfl.... FaW,I&ii.-lIlllhIIIuslllIlluIIllIlI-----Iusu I'1,WalIIUIUlIlIIUlUllllllusllluslIluI.uuui 'llusBuaullluuuIuluuuhuuluuulluuhiumuu • l41ulumusu.ulusus.I.u_.u=l....u.iuuu.usi..i. IlllIlUlUIIlIIIIIUIUIlllIlIIUlII1UflUflhllUUlIU.0 rlA.IIl.i.l--lIlIIIIIlUUIUIIlllUIIlllUIII•lIllUI guulII.._uus•IlIluuuIuuusuullHu•uuluIu:nuu soon IU•llllIlIlIIl•llllUlllusllllll•IIllIIIuuuuIIullul IIIIllIuIUllllIIU••IIUlllIllllhlIUllhululluuu•IuIllhuIllu ululllllluuulllllllllllul•Il...us.I..uus..I...us... S II Table 6.1.1d Liquid Level Chart -420 lb Cylinder (Metric) FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Issued: February 1, 2009 USTED L:STEO APFflVEl Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4OYE uuInIuNHr — uuiiuiuii "uuuuuiuuuuuuiuuui UImlliI 70 uunii-901 MUMEMN 120l- -Dl RAF,w i#w1uu NIUmIIIRRIHNUNRINUIIMNN__ VIII INN NNhIIINUINNHIININflNNINNUIZ#WA , VAMININI IIIIINIUNNU1NNINI . INNUNhUUWWFfFL.'iIIIR IIIIIUIIINNIIIRNIIII ' NIIIIIPAIN 6lIIIN #.1 NNIIIHIUNIIIIUNIflNINNI1U7AIFA!AUNNHIINU NIIIIIRIilIRIIIIlNIIlI1IlINNhII Vi IIIIioiIiI i i Ydfi'M WL4NINNINUNINN NNIIIINIIINNIIINUININIIINNIIIV(O*WNlfl NftIIIIlIIIINNIIlIIIINIIIRNWii1NNIU IflhIUIflNNHflINflIUlN*?1 IINNINN_DIN HNIIlDIIIINUUIINIIIN'dV1dIIlNNIN__uu NNflhINIilNNDINNIUIHViiIHhIUINNNDIIN NNIliINIIIHIIIlIIIIDIIWiWO7lINI$1lNNIIINNIII NNIIIIDIIINMMIDIIIHIYHWi¼IUININIUIIN hUN IIDI NNhhIHINNHI1flWWIW,IflNINN 1NhhUI. NNIIIUINNHINDhIV)½WANUNhIUNNIUNh ' INUNiN NIhIilMIflNNUhIfflWYñWL4flINNflIUNUINNIL....JWIUN flAdi IhhIUNhhINMIMUNIfllIIIN NNhhhINIIINNIhI*4NIIHIUUINHINNINNUNNNW o"ow NhhhhIINIilNND2W4UIUHNIIIIIUIhIINhIflIHhILUIhINMIN NIUhIINUhINNAIIHIINNIhIUNNIIINUNIflDIININN* INUhhhINhhIN4hIIflIHUNhhIINNNUINflhlINUNflINfllN NHhIhINUIW4hIUNhhIMWHMUUUWNINNhhIIRIN NNhIflNhIVANhhI$hhIflINhIflUHIIIUNhIINhIIhhhIN NNIIUNlJ4NRIIIRhIhINNIIIUINhIhIUhhIUNNININhhIN INIIIIINdIDIuIflINhhINfl*N*U*NINNIIINhhhII , NIIIIiW .;"jIflNNIflMIHNNININNNINN1flNDIN NshhIr ANHIUU*uhINNINhIWNINWhIININNWNIN 1111W 'AhINhhINNIhhINUNhINhhININhIIUIIINNIflNNhhhINHIN Nhh' dINNIhINhhIIl*hhhINN1NIh1IIllINNlHhIKINNlhIhIIN II, AIIINNIIINNIDNIIHNNINNIIIIIIHhINIIINNIIINUN W AIIIHNNIIINNIIINIINNNUNIDIIHNINNDIINIUhINNIN IL AIINuhINNhhINIUUIUIIINNINNH1N$IIINiuININUNN NilIINhIINNIUNNflhIHlilNNIHhhIUUNUUINNilINRhIilNNIN Dk1HIIRUIINNuhIRhhhIhIDIUHhhIHhIUIHINHIHhIIIIiuuiii NIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIHIIIIHIINIIIIIIIIIIINIIIIUIIIINHIIIINIIIN NIIIIIHIIIINIDIINIIIIIIIIhINIIHINIIIMIDIIRIIIIIIIIIIINIIIN * k * p Li 0-Im-'U's - L-- FIRE SYSTEMS Page: 105 Appendix B II SO ...111111N1111W1W1M111H1U11111UN1111 INuIIININIUNIuIlNuININIIuIIIuHNlINnh1NIumNnNww NONUNNUIU0 I•IIHUIlMIIIMUI "4.4 C 10-0 IlIUIIllllmuuhINhInIpr, • NUNINNOUN NUNhUHINNI IINhlNNUNhlNhlIhlWlV IHUI1IIIWIR1UIUV#d'fl NUIUUHINU IUUUNIIIUNU UNHIINUIIINIUIWJ'#l#I UUHNNNUIlNlWm.fJ' IUfl!OINU • IINulNlNUlNIPWf#FF —_NUIIL ---_.i1l1hlUNNlMVJWFF - NhINOhRhIWhUINNlINllNUIUINNUHNhlNNlNIh1MN&W# NUNNlINNUNNUNIIIlNNHlhUNNINhlNll1NHNlhUUWWFFF 1 NUN NUNNlHNNIlNlHIllhIUHlINhIINUlINlMNNNhlNWiWFF PWe!iFfFi'AUlINll NUlhUUlNUNNIR1NhllNlllNNlNIlIllNIHUffNIUWtfFfF#'i17ANl NUHNHNMhUlHUURhINOIUNUuhlNnmNMHRuw4'J'd4r4rJ'4fl HNNNIINNIIIIIINIINHIUIINIINJIINIINI MINIM NIIINIIlUIIIIlIUIIL RIMINI Norm UNllNflINIlNIHllIUNIHL_,llUNI MM INlWt'FfJ'dNUllNH M1 HNUIINIIIII Ell MHUUlUNlUNlNINUlIlUllNNNHUNhNWiWWf NllINhINUINlNUlUHNUlINNlNHUllPW#OWfk. 1111111 Hill • NUUNh.lWlNUIhhIUNllNNUlulNUllWiNuh. NOINhIWIUNhhIhImlluIuIlIINw,'h'fiIIlwIIh is MNhlNUNNINUlhRl011111hhINlLOWiZhINNhNhlIlLJHI NNluUwy//,zq/f,IullrnHrnINlflNuNrnuIu • NNUUUNNNlNhUIINNIlNflW,W/#f/41UIhNhlNhhIUHNUlINlHH • NOhIflINUlNUIUIHIlNUUHMIWh7,W,lhIhIlINIhilh1lNIllH MINE ';11111111 NflUNHNNlNlNNhIlINhll7¼AlINIllllIIRh1hIhlNhUUNIINhIllH NlhhUUlNUUUHINhhlNIUNH¼WAHHNUIIHhINHUNINhUUNIINHHII NUNWINNNHNINRIINU ,z',AHftilNuluuliuwuuNrnNNII$hlNI • UhIlNHNlIIllINIllIlhIW HIhIIUNhhINHlUUhiURNlIlHhlN NOUUflNNUNINNlI!AUhNHNhlIIlNUlIHHlNhlIhINlHH NIhINhlhUIIUNINlhI dlUUIINhINHIHIINhIUNINhIIINlIHI wr IlUIINhlNhIIHhIHhllNHNhlNUIIwmI'xdHNhhUUMMIIxhlINhINhIIrnINhIuuuHornH lIlINllNONUUP4hHhIINNNIIHhIhMhINHUhhIUUhIIhINUlNhINH IUhhUfllNUHNIY:ØluIuIuNUilHunHuuuNnuluhlhNUnxnH IUlUNlINIIINP' ;ødUlhIIlUlNNIIIhIlHhIIIhIlNhIhMhlUIUHNllIhIINl • IUNIUUNIIUI'. .'ZdMIUUNhINlHNIINIHHNUIlNIIINhIIlNIU1INhIIII NUNNIUNI' IIIfl!' ;dlllulNlhllnullNnlnlnnhhuluhllmlllmllml NNIIUUW dNHUIINUUUHNUWNIIIINIIIIINIIIIDUHIIINUIINHNhI UIIIIIP' ' dINNIIIHNUIIUIIUNHUNNIIIHIIIIIIIIIIIIOUNNINUHUN NUUY AUHIUIIIUNIIINIINIIIUIIHIIIIHIINNNIINNINUINIIIIH NNV IHINUIINIINHlNHNIIIlIIlIlNNhINNIIHhhUIuhIIINhI NV I NNIUIIIWINIINIINIINIIINIIINHNIIHUINUNUIuNIIMII NIP AUNINMHNINIIINNNIIUNlINIIIIIHIIINUIIIIINhIIIHIuIUIIPUI LdlllllllhllllllllllllhllllllhllllHflHlllhlllllllhlllNlll INBORN nil • IUIINIIIIIIINNUUHIHIINNNIIINIIIHIINIIIHIIIIIIHIIHIIIHIIWHMIIHI S SI Table 61.1f Liquid Level Chart- 600 lb Cylinder (Metric) Document # DOC1O2 Revision F FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL ® Issued: February 1, 2009 usme L13TED APPROM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4UYE Page: 110 Appendix B JAN1J& TERE SYSTEMS Document #DOC1O2 ,- FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 , Revision F Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPR90 LISTED usiao 4OYE LANU'S Page: 111 FIRE SYSTEMS' Appendix C Master and Selector Valve Ordering Information Document# DOC1O2 Revision F FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Issued: February 1, 2009 Usmu LISTED APPROWD Revised: 11-Nov-2011 4.)vr I Page: 112 I Appendix C I am jANUiS -FIRE SYSTEMS 19483 1/2" Ball Valve, Pneumatically Actuated 4.2 (1.9) 19484 3/4" Ball Valve, Pneumatically Actuated 6.5 (2.9) 19485 Ball Valve, Pneumatically Actuated 8.6 (3.9) 19486 1-1/2" Ball Valve, Pneumatically Actuated 19.5 (8.8) 19487 Ball Valve, Pneumatically Actuated 27.0 (12.3) 19488 Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Pneumatically Actuated 34.3 (15.5) 19489 Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Pneumatically Actuated 56.8 (26.0) 19490 6" Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Pneumatically Actuated 105.0 (48.0) 19491 8" Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Pneumatically Actuated 191.0 (87.0) Ordering Instructions: Specify the Valve P/N followed by a dash and the appropriate three digit option code as illustrated below. C = Carbon Steel P/N as indicated above S = Stainless Steel XX)(XX-X)(X 0 = No Position Indicator I P = w/ Position Indicator 0 = Standard S = w/ Solenoid (24 VDC) L = w/ Lockout with Proximity Switch B = w/ Solenoid (24 VDC) AND Manual Lockout with Proximity Switch Examples: 19483-COO - 1/2" Ball Valve, Carbon Steel 19485-SSO - 1" Ball Valve, with Solenoid (24 VDC), Stainless Steel Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 <9> Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPI1OVEB LISTED STW 4OYE FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F I I I I Li 01MV Page: 113 FtRE SYSTEMS' Appendix D Lockout Valve Ordering Information FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F Kij- Issued: February 1, 2009 us1u LISTED spp,invta Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40V5 I I Page: 114 Appendix D 6JAU 'FIRE SYSTEMS* [I 19465 1/2" Ball Valve, Manually Actuated 1.9(0.9) 19466 3/4" Ball Valve, Manually Actuated 2.7(l.2) 19467 Ball Valve, Manually Actuated 4.8 (2.2) 19468 1-1/2" Ball Valve, Manually Actuated 9.8 (4.4) 19469 Ball Valve, Manually Actuated 12.7 (5.8) 19470 Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Manually Actuated 23.0 (10.3) 19471 Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Manually Actuated 32.0 (14.3) 19472 6" Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Manually Actuated 69.0 (30.8) 19473 8" Wafer Valve, 830 Series, Manually Actuated 107.0 (48.8) Ordering Instructions: Specify the Valve P/N followed by a dash and the appropriate three digit option code as illustrated below. C = Carbon Steel P/N as indicated above S = Stainless Steel XX)(XX-X)O( 0 = Standard I E = Extended Stem o = Standard L = w/ Limit Switch Examples: 19465-COO - 1/2" Ball Valve, Carbon Steel 19467-SLO - 1" Ball Valve, with Limit Switch, Stainless Steel Document # DOG102 Issued: February 1, 2009 Z" !i Revised: 11-Nov-2011 tppgevto LISTED usmi 40Y5 FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F [] I I I I I I ANUS Page: 115 F1kE SYSTEMS' Appendix E Appendix E Alternate Nozzle Spacing Options FM-2000 OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL <&> Revision F usuv tiso APPROM Revised: 11-Nov-2011 WE Page: 116 Appendix E I I I I I I Document # DOC102 Issued: February 1, 2009 <9>() Revised: 11-Nov-2011 APPOVtD LISTED USTEII 4OVE I I I I I I I I I I I I ®R 'FLP.E SYSTEMS 32 9.75 32 9.75 30 9.1 33 10.3 29 8.8 34 10.6 28 8.5 35 10.8 27 8.2 36 11.1 26 7.9 37 11.3 24 7.3 38 11.7 22 6.7 39 12.1 21 6.4 40 12.2 19 5.8 41 12.5 16 4.9 42 12.9 14 4.3 43 13.1 10 3.0 44 13.5 4 1.2 45 13.7 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Revision F ANUS Page: 117 FIRE SYSTEMS' Appendix E 64 19.5 32 9.75 60 18.3 33 10.3 58 17.7 34 10.6 56 17.1 35 10.8 54 16.5 36 11.1 52 15.8 37 11.3 48 14.6 38 11.7 44 13.4 39 12.1 42 12.8 40 12.2 38 11.6 - 41 12.5 32 9.8 42 12.9 28 8.5 43 13.1 20 6.1 44 13.5 8 - 2.4 - 45 13.7 FM-200® OPERATION, DESIGN, & SERVICE MANUAL Document # DOC102 Revision F @ &N <9> Issued: February 1, 2009 LJS1SU LISTED appiwvto Revised: 11-Nov-2011 40 YE